Sony WX-GT78UI چلانے کی ہدایات

4-132-824-11 (1)
FM/AM 2DIN
Compact Disc Player
Operating Instructions
To cancel the demonstration (DEMO) display, see page 6.
WX-GT78UI WX-GT78UIM
WX-GT77UI
©2008 Sony Corporation
GB
For installation and connections, see the
supplied installation/connections manual.
This label is located on the bottom of the
chassis.
ZAPPIN is a trademark of Sony Corporation.
Windows Media, and the
Windows logo are trademarks
or registered trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
iPhone is a trademark of Apple Inc.
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology and
patents licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
This product is protected by certain intellectual
property rights of Microsoft Corporation. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of this
product is prohibited without a license from
Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.
2
Content providers are using the digital rights
management technology for Windows Media
contained in this device (“WM-DRM”) to protect
the integrity of their content (“Secure Content”) so
that their intellectual property, including copyright,
in such content is not misappropriated.
This device uses WM-DRM software to play
Secure Content (“WM-DRM Software”). If the
security of the WM-DRM Software in this device
has been compromised, owners of Secure Content
(“Secure Content Owners”) may request that
Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM Software’s right
to acquire new licenses to copy, display and/or
play Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the
WM-DRM Software’s ability to play unprotected
content. A list of revoked WM-DRM Software is
sent to your device whenever you download a
license for Secure Content from the Internet or
from a PC. Microsoft may, in conjunction with
such license, also download revocation lists onto
your device on behalf of Secure Content Owners.
Warning if your car’s ignition has no
ACC position
Be sure to set the Auto Off function (page 18).
The unit will shut off completely and
automatically in the set time after the unit is
turned off, which prevents battery drain.
If you do not set the Auto Off function, press
and hold (OFF) until the display disappears
each time you turn the ignition off.
Note on the lithium battery
Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such as
direct sunlight, fire or the like.
3
Table of Contents
Getting Started
USB devices
Playable discs on this unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Resetting the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Canceling the DEMO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Preparing the card remote commander . . . . . . . 6
Setting the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Playing back a USB device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Display items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Repeat and shuffle play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location of controls and basic
operations
Playing back iPod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the play mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat and shuffle play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating an iPod directly
— Passenger control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Card remote commander RM-X151 . . . . . . 10
Searching for a track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Searching a track by name
— Quick-BrowZer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Searching a track by listening to track passages
— ZAPPIN™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Storing and receiving stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Storing automatically — BTM . . . . . . . . . . 12
Storing manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Receiving the stored stations . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Tuning automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CD
Additional Information
Display items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Repeat and shuffle play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
14
15
15
16
16
Other functions
Changing the sound settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting the sound characteristics . . . . . .
Customizing the equalizer curve
— EQ3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting setup items — SET . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary audio equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD changer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary commander RM-X4S . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio
4
iPod
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes on discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Playback order of MP3/WMA/AAC
files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About iPod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error displays/Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
17
17
18
19
19
19
20
21
21
21
21
22
22
23
25
Support site
If you have any questions or for the latest support information on this
product, please visit the web site below:
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
Provides information on:
• Models and manufacturers of compatible digital audio players
• Supported MP3/WMA/AAC files
5
Getting Started
Canceling the DEMO mode
Playable discs on this unit
This unit can play CD-DA (also containing CD
TEXT) and CD-R/CD-RW (MP3/WMA/AAC
files (page 21)).
Type of discs
Label on the disc
You can cancel the demonstration display which
appears during turning off.
1
Press and hold the select button.
The setup display appears.
2
Press the select button repeatedly
until “DEMO” appears.
3
Rotate the control dial to select
“DEMO-OFF.”
4
Press and hold the select button.
The setup is complete and the display returns
to normal play/reception mode.
CD-DA
MP3
WMA
AAC
Preparing the card remote
commander
Remove the insulation film.
Resetting the unit
Before operating the unit for the first time, or
after replacing the car battery or changing the
connections, you must reset the unit.
Press the RESET button (page 8) with a pointed
object, such as a ball-point pen.
Note
Pressing the RESET button will erase the clock setting
and some stored contents.
6
Tip
For how to replace the battery, page 22.
Setting the clock
The clock uses a 12-hour digital indication.
1
Press and hold the select button.
The setup display appears.
2
Press the select button repeatedly
until “CLOCK-ADJ” appears.
3
Press (SEEK) +.
The hour indication flashes.
4
Rotate the control dial to set the hour
and minute.
To move the digital indication, press (SEEK)
+/–.
5
After setting the minute, press the
select button.
The setup is complete and the clock starts.
To display the clock, press (DSPL). Press
(DSPL) again to return to the previous display.
7
Location of controls and basic operations
Main unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
q;
OFF
1
SRC SOURCE
ALBM/PRESET
2
MODE
IAL SELE
SH D
CT
PU
DSPL
REP
3
SHUF
4
SCRL
SEEK
SEEK
BTM
DM+
EQ3
ALBM/PRESET
5
RESET
AUX
qa qs
qd
qf qg qh
qj
qk
6
ql
This section contains instructions on the location
of controls and basic operations. For details, see
the respective pages.
The corresponding buttons on the card remote
commander control the same functions as those
on the unit.
C Control dial/select button
To adjust volume (rotate); select setup items
(press and rotate).
A ALBM/PRESET +/– buttons
CD/USB (during MP3/WMA/AAC
playback):
To skip albums (press); skip albums
continuously (press and hold).
Radio:
To receive preset stations.
E SOURCE (SRC) button
To power on; change the source (Radio/CD/
USB/AUX)*.
B Z (eject) button
To eject the disc.
8
PAUSE
ZAP
D
(BROWSE) button page 11
To enter the Quick-BrowZer mode.
F MODE button page 12, 15, 16
Press to: Select the radio band (FM/AM)*/
select the play mode of iPod.
Press and hold to: Enter/cancel the passenger
control.
G DSPL (display)/SCRL (scroll) button
page 12, 13, 15
To change display items (press); scroll the
display item (press and hold).
N
H Display window
P ZAP button page 11
To enter ZAPPIN™ mode.
I Disc slot
Insert the disc (label side up), playback
starts.
J OFF button
To power off; stop the source.
K SEEK –/+ buttons
CD/USB:
To skip tracks (press); skip tracks
continuously (press, then press again within
about 1 second and hold); reverse/fastforward a track (press and hold).
Radio:
To tune in stations automatically (press); find
a station manually (press and hold).
L AUX input jack page 19
To connect a portable audio device.
M Receptor for the card remote
commander
(BACK) button page 11
To return to the previous display.
O RESET button page 6
Q EQ3 (equalizer) button page 17
To select an equalizer type (XPLOD,
VOCAL, EDGE, CRUISE, SPACE,
GRAVITY, CUSTOM or OFF).
R BTM button page 12
To start the BTM function (press and hold).
S Number buttons
CD/USB:
(3): REP page 12, 14, 16
(4): SHUF page 12, 14, 16
(5): DM+
Improves digitally compressed sound,
such as MP3.
To activate the DM+ function, set
“ON.” To cancel, set “OFF.”
(6): PAUSE
To pause playback. To cancel, press
again.
Radio:
To receive stored stations (press); store
stations (press and hold).
* In the case of a CD changer being connected; when
(SOURCE) is pressed, “CD” and the unit number will
appear in the display. Furthermore, if (MODE) is
pressed, you can switch the changer.
9
Card remote commander
RM-X151
0
5
w;
OFF
SOURCE
ATT
SEL
MODE
wd
wf
6
+
wa
ws
SCRL
1
2
3
4
5
6
+
VOL
–
w; < (.)/, (>) buttons
To control CD/radio/USB, the same as
(SEEK) –/+ on the unit.
Setup, sound setting, etc., can be operated by
< ,.
wg
wa DSPL (display) button page 12, 13, 15
To change display items.
wh
ws VOL (volume) +/– button
To adjust volume.
wj
wd ATT (attenuate) button
To attenuate the sound. To cancel, press
again.
–
DSPL
The following buttons on the card remote
commander have also different buttons/functions
from the unit. Remove the insulation film before
use (page 6).
wf SEL (select) button
The same as the select button on the unit.
wg M (+)/m (–) buttons
To control CD/USB, the same as
(ALBM/PRESET) +/– on the unit.
Setup, sound setting, etc., can be operated by
M m.
wh SCRL (scroll) button
To scroll the display item.
wj Number buttons
To receive stored stations (press); store
stations (press and hold).
Note
If the unit is turned off and the display disappears, it
cannot be operated with the card remote commander
unless (SOURCE) on the unit is pressed, or a disc is
inserted to activate the unit first.
10
Searching for a track
Searching a track by listening to
track passages — ZAPPIN™
Searching a track by name
— Quick-BrowZer
You can search for a track in a CD or USB device
easily by category.
Select button
(BROWSE)
Control dial
While playing back short track passages in a CD
or USB device in sequence, you can search for a
track you want to listen to.
ZAPPIN mode is suitable for searching for a
track in shuffle or shuffle repeat mode.
OFF
OFF
1
SRC SOURCE
ALBM/PRESET
ALBM/PRESET
2
MODE
2
MODE
IAL SELE
SH D
CT
PU
IAL SELE
SH D
CT
PU
DSPL
REP
3
SHUF
4
SCRL
SEEK
1
SRC SOURCE
DSPL
BTM
DM+
EQ3
ALBM/PRESET
5
SEEK
BTM
4
DM+
EQ3
ALBM/PRESET
5
RESET
RESET
AUX
3
SHUF
SCRL
SEEK
SEEK
REP
ZAP
PAUSE
AUX
6
(BACK)
(BACK)
1
Press
(BROWSE).
The unit enters the Quick-BrowZer mode,
and the list of search categories appears.
2
Rotate the control dial to select the
desired search category, then press it
to confirm.
3
Repeat step 2 until the desired track is
selected.
Playback starts.
1
Note
When entering the Quick-BrowZer mode, the repeat/
shuffle setting is canceled.
6
ZAP
Press (ZAP) during playback.
After “ZAPPIN” appears in the display,
playback starts from a passage of the next
track.
The passage is played for the set time, then a
click sounds and the next passage starts.
Track
1
To return to the previous display
Press
(BACK).
To exit the Quick-BrowZer mode
Press
(BROWSE).
PAUSE
ZAP
2
ZAP
2
3
4
The part of each track to
playback in ZAPPIN mode.
Press the select button or (ZAP) when
a track you want to listen is played
back.
The track that you select returns to normal
play mode from the beginning.
To search a track by ZAPPIN mode again,
repeat steps 1 and 2.
Tips
• You can select the playback time from about 6
seconds/9 seconds/30 seconds (page 18).You
cannot select the passage of the track to playback.
• Press (SEEK) –/+ or (ALBM/PRESET) –/+ in ZAPPIN
mode to skip a track or album.
• Pressing
(BACK) also confirms a track to
playback.
11
Radio
Storing and receiving stations
CD
For details on selecting a CD changer, see
page 19.
Caution
When tuning in stations while driving, use Best
Tuning Memory (BTM) to prevent an accident.
Display items
Storing automatically — BTM
1
Press (SOURCE) repeatedly until
“TUNER” appears.
To change the band, press (MODE)
repeatedly. You can select from FM1, FM2,
FM3, AM1 or AM2.
2
Press and hold (BTM) until “BTM”
flashes.
The unit stores stations in order of frequency
on the number buttons.
A beep sounds when the setting is stored.
Tip
If you activated the BTM function by the setup menu,
select “BTM” and press (SEEK) + (page 18).
Storing manually
1
While receiving the station that you
want to store, press and hold a
number button ((1) to (6)) until
“MEM” appears.
Note
If you try to store another station on the same number
button, the previously stored station will be replaced.
A Source
B Track name*1, Disc/artist name*1, Artist
name*1, Album number*2, Album name*1,
Track number/Elapsed playing time, Clock
*1 The information of a CD TEXT, MP3/WMA/AAC is
displayed.
*2 Album number is displayed only when the album is
changed.
To change display items B, press (DSPL).
Tip
Displayed items will differ depending on the disc type,
recording format and settings.
Repeat and shuffle play
1
During playback, press (3) (REP) or
(4) (SHUF) repeatedly until the
desired setting appears.
Select
TRACK
track repeatedly.
1
ALBUM*
album repeatedly.
Select the band, then press a number
button ((1) to (6)).
Tuning automatically
1
Select the band, then press (SEEK) –/+
to search for the station.
Scanning stops when the unit receives a
station. Repeat this procedure until the
desired station is received.
Tip
If you know the frequency of the station you want to
listen to, press and hold (SEEK) –/+ to locate the
approximate frequency, then press (SEEK) –/+
repeatedly to fine adjust to the desired frequency
(manual tuning).
12
To play
Receiving the stored stations
SHUF ALBUM*
album in random order.
SHUF DISC
disc in random order.
* When an MP3/WMA/AAC is played.
To return to normal play mode, select “
or “SHUF OFF.”
OFF”
USB devices
For details on the compatibility of your USB
device, visit the support site.
Support site
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
• MSC (Mass Storage Class) and MTP (Media
Transfer Protocol) type USB devices compliant
with the USB standard can be used.
• Corresponding codec is MP3 (.mp3), WMA
(.wma) and AAC (.m4a).
• Backup of data in a USB device is
recommended.
Removing the USB device
1 Stop the USB device playback.
2 Remove the USB device.
If you remove your USB device during
playback, data in the USB device may be
damaged.
Notes
• Do not use USB devices so large or heavy that they
may fall down due to vibration, or cause a loose
connection.
• This unit cannot recognize USB devices via a USB
hub.
Display items
Note
Connect the USB device after starting the engine.
Depending on the USB device, malfunction or damage
may occur if it is connected before starting the engine.
Playing back a USB device
1
Remove the USB cap from the USB
connector and connect the USB
device to the USB connector.
A Source
B Track name, Artist name, Album number*,
Album name, Track number/Elapsed playing
time, Clock
* Album number is displayed only when the album is
changed.
To change display items B, press (DSPL).
Playback starts.
If a USB device is already connected, to start
playback, press (SOURCE) repeatedly until
“USB” appears.
Press (OFF) to stop playback.
Notes
• Displayed items will differ, depending on the USB
device, recorded format and settings. For details,
visit the support site.
• The maximum number of displayable data is as
follows.
– folders (albums): 128
– files (tracks) per folder: 500
• Do not leave a USB device in a parked car, as
malfunction may result.
• It may take time for playback to begin, depending on
the amount of recorded data.
• DRM (Digital Rights Management) files may not be
played.
• During playback or fast-forward/reverse of a VBR
(Variable Bit Rate) MP3/WMA/AAC file, elapsed
playing time may not display accurately.
• Playback of the following MP3/WMA/AAC files is not
supported.
– lossless compression
– copyright-protected
13
iPod
Repeat and shuffle play
1
During playback, press (3) (REP) or
(4) (SHUF) repeatedly until the
desired setting appears.
Select
To play
TRACK
track repeatedly.
ALBUM
album repeatedly.
For details on the compatibility of your iPod, see
“About iPod” on page 21 or visit the support site.
In these Operating Instructions, “iPod” is used as
a general reference for the iPod functions on the
iPod and iPhone, unless otherwise specified by
the text or illustrations.
SHUF ALBUM
album in random order.
Support site
SHUF DEVICE
device in random order.
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
After 3 seconds, the setting is complete.
To return to normal play mode, select “
or “SHUF OFF. ”
OFF”
Playing back iPod
Before connecting the iPod, turn down the
volume of the unit.
1
Remove the USB cap from the USB
connector and connect the iPod to the
USB connector via the dock connector
to the USB cable.
The iPod will turn on automatically, and the
display will appear on the iPod screen as
below.*
The tracks on the iPod start playing
automatically from the point last played.
If an iPod is already connected, to start
playback press (SOURCE) repeatedly until
“USB” appears. (“IPD” appears in the display
when iPod is recognized.)
* If the iPod was played back in the passenger control
last time, this will not appear.
14
2
Press (MODE) to select the play mode.
The mode changes as follows:
RESUMING t ALBUM t TRACK t
PODCAST* t GENRE t PLAYLIST
t ARTIST
Display items
* May not appear depending on iPod setting.
3
Adjust the volume.
Press (OFF) to stop playback.
Removing the iPod
1 Stop the iPod playback.
2 Remove the iPod.
Caution for iPhone
When you connect an iPhone via USB, telephone
volume is controlled by iPhone itself. In order to avoid
sudden loud sound after a call, do not increase the
volume on the unit during a telephone call.
Note
This unit cannot recognize iPod via a USB hub.
Tips
• We recommend the RC-100IP USB cable (not
supplied) to connect the dock connector.
• When the ignition key is turned to the ACC position,
and the unit is on, the iPod will be recharged.
• If the iPod is disconnected during playback, “NO
DEV” appears in the display of the unit.
Resume mode
When the iPod is connected to the dock
connector, the mode of this unit changes to
resume mode and playback starts in the mode set
by the iPod.
In resume mode, the following buttons do not
function.
– (3) (REP)
– (4) (SHUF)
A Source (iPod) indication
B Track name, Artist name, Album name, Track
number/Elapsed playing time, Clock
To change display items B, press (DSPL).
Tip
When album/podcast/genre/artist/playlist is changed,
its item number appears momentarily.
Note
Some letters stored in iPod may not be displayed
correctly.
Setting the play mode
1
During playback, press (MODE).
The mode changes as follows:
ALBUM t TRACK t PODCAST* t
GENRE t PLAYLIST t ARTIST
* May not appear depending on iPod setting.
Skipping albums, podcasts, genres,
playlists and artists
To
Press
Skip
(ALBM/PRESET) –/+
[press once for each]
Skip
continuously
(ALBM/PRESET) –/+
[hold to desired point]
15
Repeat and shuffle play
1
During playback, press (3) (REP) or
(4) (SHUF) repeatedly until the
desired setting appears.
Select
To play
TRACK
track repeatedly.
ALBUM
album repeatedly.
PODCAST
podcast repeatedly.
ARTIST
artist repeatedly.
PLAYLIST
playlist repeatedly.
GENRE
genre repeatedly.
album in random order.
SHUF PODCAST
podcast in random order.
SHUF ARTIST
artist in random order.
SHUF PLAYLIST
playlist in random order.
SHUF GENRE
genre in random order.
SHUF DEVICE
device in random order.
After 3 seconds, the setting is complete.
16
You can operate an iPod connected to the dock
connector directly.
1
SHUF ALBUM
To return to normal play mode, select “
or “SHUF OFF.”
Operating an iPod directly
— Passenger control
OFF”
During playback, press and hold
(MODE).
“MODE IPD” appears and you will be able to
operate the iPod directly.
To change the display items
Press (DSPL).
The display items change as follows:
Track name t Artist name t Album name t
MODE IPD t Clock
To exit the passenger control
Press and hold (MODE).
Then “MODE AUD” will appear and the play
mode will change to “RESUMING.”
Notes
• The volume can be adjusted only by the unit.
• If this mode is canceled, the repeat setting will be
turned off.
Other functions
Changing the sound settings
Adjusting the sound
characteristics
1
Press the select button repeatedly
until the desired item appears.
2
Rotate the control dial to adjust the
selected item.
3
Press
(BACK).
The setting is complete and the display
returns to normal play/reception mode.
Customizing the equalizer curve
— EQ3
“CUSTOM” of EQ3 allows you to make your
own equalizer settings.
1
Select a source, then press (EQ3)
repeatedly to select “CUSTOM.”
2
Press the select button repeatedly
until “LOW,” “MID” or “HI” appears.
3
Rotate the control dial to adjust the
selected item.
The volume level is adjustable in 1 dB steps,
from –10 dB to +10 dB.
The following items can be set (follow the page
reference for details):
DSO (Dynamic Soundstage Organizer)
Creates a more ambient sound field.
To select the DSO mode: “1,” “2,” “3” or “OFF.”
The larger the number, the more enhanced the
effect.
LOW*1, MID*1, HI*1 (page 17)
BAL (Balance)
Adjusts the sound balance between the left and
right speakers.
FAD (Fader)
Adjusts the relative level between the front and
rear speakers.
SUB (Subwoofer volume)
Adjusts the subwoofer volume.
AUX (AUX level)*2
Adjusts the volume level for each connected
auxiliary equipment: “+18 dB” – “0 dB” – “–8
dB.”
This setting negates the need to adjust the
volume level between sources.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust the equalizer
curve.
To restore the factory-set equalizer curve,
press and hold the select button before the
setting is complete.
4
Press
(BACK).
The setting is complete and the display
returns to normal play/reception mode.
Tip
Other equalizer types are also adjustable.
*1 When EQ3 is activated.
*2 When AUX source is activated.
17
Adjusting setup items — SET
1
Press and hold the select button.
The setup display appears.
2
Press the select button repeatedly
until the desired item appears.
3
Rotate the control dial to select the
setting (example “ON” or “OFF”).
4
Press and hold the select button.
The setup is complete and the display returns
to normal play/reception mode.
Note
Displayed items will differ, depending on the source
and setting.
The following items can be set (follow the page
reference for details):
CLOCK-ADJ (Clock Adjust) (page 7)
BEEP
Activates the beep sound: “ON,” “OFF.”
AUX-A*1 (AUX Audio)
Activates the AUX source display: “ON,”
“OFF” (page 19).
A.OFF (Auto Off)
Shuts off automatically after a desired time
when the unit is turned off: “NO,” “30S
(seconds),” “30M (minutes),” “60M (minutes).”
B.OUT (Black Out)
Turns off the illumination automatically for any
source (e.g., during CD playback/radio
reception, etc) if no operation is performed for 5
seconds: “ON,” “OFF.”
To bring the light back on, press any button on
the unit. (When activated, remote operation is
unavailable.)
DEMO (Demonstration)
Activates the demonstration: “ON,” “OFF.”
DIM (Dimmer)
Changes the display brightness.
– “AT”: to dim the display automatically when
you turn lights on. (Available only when the
illumination control lead is connected.)
– “ON”: to dim the display.
– “OFF”: deactivate the dimmer.
CONTRAST
Adjusts the contrast of the display. The contrast
level is adjustable in 7 steps.
ILM (Illumination)
Changes the illumination color: “ILM-1,”
“ILM-2.”
18
M.DSPL (Motion Display)
Selects the Motion Display mode.
– “LM”: to show moving patterns and level
meter.
– “ON”: to show moving patterns
– “OFF”: to deactivate the Motion Display.
A.SCRL (Auto Scroll)
Scrolls long items automatically: “ON,” “OFF.”
LOCAL (Local Seek Mode)
– “ON”: to only tune into stations with stronger
signals.
– “OFF”: to tune normal reception.
MONO*2 (Monaural Mode)
Selects monaural reception mode to improve
poor FM reception: “ON,” “OFF.”
Z.TIME (Zappin Time)
Selects the playback time for the ZAPPIN
function.
– “Z.TIME-1 (6 seconds),” “Z.TIME-2 (9
seconds),” “Z.TIME-3 (30 seconds).”
LPF (Low Pass Filter)
Selects the subwoofer cut-off frequency: “OFF,”
“80Hz,” “100Hz,” “120Hz,” “140Hz,” “160Hz.”
LPF NORM/REV (Low Pass Filter Normal/
Reverse)
Selects the phase when the LPF is on: “NORM,”
“REV.”
HPF (High Pass Filter)
Selects the front/rear speaker cut-off frequency:
“OFF,” “80Hz,” “100Hz,” “120Hz,” “140Hz,”
“160Hz.”
LOUD (Loudness)
Reinforces bass and treble for clear sound at low
volume levels: “ON,” “OFF.”
BTM (page 12)
*1 When the unit is turned off.
*2 When FM is received.
Using optional equipment
Auxiliary audio equipment
By connecting an optional portable audio device
to the AUX input jack (stereo mini jack) on the
unit and then simply selecting the source, you
can listen on your car speakers. The volume level
is adjustable for any difference between the unit
and the portable audio device. Follow the
procedure below:
CD changer
Selecting the changer
1 Press (SOURCE) repeatedly until “CD”
appears.
2 Press (MODE) repeatedly until the desired
changer appears.
Unit number
Connecting the portable audio
device
1 Turn off the portable audio device.
2 Turn down the volume on the unit.
3 Connect to the unit.
Disc number
Playback starts.
Skipping albums and discs
1 During playback, press (ALBM/PRESET) –/+.
To skip
Press (ALBM/PRESET) –/+
album
and release (hold for a
moment).
album
continuously
within 2 seconds of first
releasing.
AUX
AUX
Connecting cord*
(not supplied)
* Be sure to use a straight type plug.
Adjust the volume level
discs
repeatedly.
discs
continuously
then, press again within 2
seconds and hold.
Repeat and shuffle play
1 During playback, press (3) (REP) or (4)
(SHUF) repeatedly until the desired setting
appears.
Be sure to adjust the volume for each connected
audio device before playback.
Select
1 Turn down the volume on the unit.
2 Press (SOURCE) repeatedly until “AUX”
appears.
“AUX FRONT IN” appears.
3 Start playback of the portable audio device at a
moderate volume.
4 Set your usual listening volume on the unit.
5 Adjust the input level (page 17).
SHUF
CHANGER
DISC
To play
disc repeatedly.
tracks in the changer in random
order.
To return to normal play mode, select “
or “SHUF OFF.”
OFF”
19
Changing the operative direction
Rotary commander RM-X4S
The operative direction of the controls is factoryset as shown below.
Attaching the label
Attach the indication label depending on how
you mount the rotary commander.
To increase
To decrease
SEL
MODE
DSPL
If you need to mount the rotary commander on
the right hand side of the steering column, you
can reverse the operative direction.
DSPL
MODE
SEL
Location of controls
The corresponding buttons on the rotary
commander control the same functions as those
on this unit.
ATT
SEL
PRESET/
DISC
MODE
OFF
SOURCE
DSPL
VOL
SEEK/AMS
OFF
The following controls on the rotary commander
require a different operation from the unit.
• ATT (attenuate) button
To attenuate the sound. To cancel, press again.
• PRESET/DISC control
CD/USB: The same as (ALBM/PRESET) –/+
on the unit (push in and rotate).
Radio: To receive stored stations (push in and
rotate).
• VOL (volume) control
The same as the control dial on the unit (rotate).
• SEEK/AMS control
The same as (SEEK) –/+ on the unit (rotate, or
rotate and hold).
• DSPL (display) button
To change display items.
20
1 While pushing the VOL control, press and
hold (SEL).
Additional Information
Precautions
• Cool off the unit beforehand if your car has been
parked in direct sunlight.
• Power antenna (aerial) extends automatically.
• Discs that this unit CANNOT play
– CD-R/CD-RW of poor recording quality.
– CD-R/CD-RW recorded with an incompatible
recording device.
– CD-R/CD-RW which is finalized incorrectly.
– CD-R/CD-RW other than those recorded in
music CD format or MP3 format conforming to
ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2, Joliet/Romeo or
multi-session.
Moisture condensation
Should moisture condensation occur inside the unit,
remove the disc and wait for about an hour for it to
dry out; otherwise the unit will not operate properly.
To maintain high sound quality
Playback order of MP3/WMA/AAC
files
MP3/WMA/AAC
Do not splash liquid onto the unit or discs.
MP3/WMA/
AAC file
(track)
Notes on discs
• Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat
sources such as hot air ducts, nor leave it in a car
parked in direct sunlight.
• Before playing, wipe the discs
with a cleaning cloth from the
center out. Do not use solvents
such as benzine, thinner,
commercially available
cleaners.
• This unit is designed to
playback discs that conform to
the Compact Disc (CD)
standard. DualDiscs and some of the music discs
encoded with copyright protection technologies do
not conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard,
therefore, these discs may not be playable by this
unit.
• Discs that this unit CANNOT play
– Discs with labels, stickers, or sticky tape or
paper attached. Doing so may cause a
malfunction, or may ruin the disc.
– Discs with non-standard shapes (e.g., heart,
square, star). Attempting to do so may damage
the unit.
– 8 cm (3 1/4 in) discs.
Notes on CD-R/CD-RW discs
• The maximum number of: (CD-R/CD-RW only)
– folders (albums): 150 (including root folder)
– files (tracks) and folders: 300 (may less than 300
if folder/file names contain many characters)
– displayable characters for a folder/file name: 32
(Joliet)/64 (Romeo)
• If the multi-session disc begins with a CD-DA
session, it is recognized as a CD-DA disc, and
other sessions are not played back.
Folder
(album)
About iPod
• You can connect to the following iPod models.
Update your iPod devices to the latest software
before use.
– iPod touch
– iPod classic
– iPod with video*
– iPod nano (3rd generation)
– iPod nano (2nd generation)
– iPod nano (1st generation)*
– iPhone and iPhone 3G
* Passenger control is not available for iPod nano (1st
generation) or iPod with video.
• “Made for iPod” means that an electronic
accessory has been designed to connect
specifically to iPod and has been certified by the
developer to meet Apple performance standards.
• “Works with iPhone” means that an electronic
accessory has been designed to connect
specifically to iPhone and has been certified by the
developer to meet Apple performance standards.
• Apple is not responsible for the operation of this
device or its compliance with safety and
regulatory standards.
If you have any questions or problems concerning
your unit that are not covered in this manual, consult
your nearest Sony dealer.
21
Maintenance
Specifications
Replacing the lithium battery of the
card remote commander
Under normal conditions, the battery will last
approximately 1 year. (The service life may be
shorter, depending on the conditions of use.)
When the battery becomes weak, the range of the
card remote commander becomes shorter. Replace
the battery with a new CR2025 lithium battery. Use
of any other battery may present a risk of fire or
explosion.
+ side up
2
c
Notes on the lithium battery
• Keep the lithium battery out of the reach of children.
Should the battery be swallowed, immediately
consult a doctor.
• Wipe the battery with a dry cloth to assure a good
contact.
• Be sure to observe the correct polarity when
installing the battery.
• Do not hold the battery with metallic tweezers,
otherwise a short-circuit may occur.
WARNING
Battery may explode if mistreated.
Do not recharge, disassemble, or dispose of
in fire.
Fuse replacement
22
Signal-to-noise ratio: 120 dB
Frequency response: 10 – 20,000 Hz
Wow and flutter: Below measurable limit
Tuner section
FM
Tuning range: 87.5 – 108.0 MHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency: 150 kHz
Usable sensitivity: 10 dBf
Selectivity: 75 dB at 400 kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio: 70 dB (mono)
Separation: 40 dB at 1 kHz
Frequency response: 20 – 15,000 Hz
AM
1
When replacing the fuse, be
sure to use one matching the
amperage rating stated on the
original fuse. If the fuse blows,
check the power connection and
replace the fuse. If the fuse
blows again after replacement,
there may be an internal
malfunction. In such a case,
consult your nearest Sony
dealer.
CD Player section
Fuse (10 A)
Tuning range: 531 – 1,602 kHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency: 25 kHz
Sensitivity: 26 µV
USB Player section
Interface: USB (Full-speed)
Maximum current: 500mA
Power amplifier section
Output: Speaker outputs (sure seal connectors)
Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 ohms
Maximum power output: 52 W × 4 (at 4 ohms)
General
Outputs:
Audio outputs terminal (front/rear)
Subwoofer output terminal (mono)
Power antenna (aerial) relay control terminal
Power amplifier control terminal
Inputs:
Remote controller input terminal
Antenna (aerial) input terminal
Telephone ATT control terminal
Illumination control terminal
BUS control input terminal
BUS audio input terminal
AUX input jack (stereo mini jack)
USB signal input terminal
Tone controls:
Low: ±10 dB at 60 Hz (XPLOD)
Mid: ±10 dB at 1 kHz (XPLOD)
High: ±10 dB at 10 kHz (XPLOD)
Power requirements: 12 V DC car battery
(negative ground (earth))
Dimensions: Approx. 178 × 100 × 185 mm
(7 1/8 × 4 × 7 3/8 in) (w/h/d)
Mounting dimensions: Approx. 178 × 100 × 163 mm
(7 1/8 × 4 × 6 1/2 in) (w/h/d)
Mass: Approx. 1.9 kg (4 lb 4 oz)
Supplied accessories:
Card remote commander: RM-X151
Parts for installation and connections (1 set)
Optional accessory:
Rotary commander: RM-X4S
BUS cable (supplied with an RCA pin cord):
RC-61 (1 m), RC-62 (2 m)
CD changer (10 discs): CDX-757MX, CDX-656X
AUX-IN selector: XA-300
USB connection cable for iPod: RC-100IP
Your dealer may not handle some of the above listed
accessories. Please ask the dealer for detailed
information.
Design and specifications are subject to change
without notice.
Troubleshooting
The following checklist will help you remedy
problems you may encounter with your unit.
Before going through the checklist below, check the
connection and operating procedures.
If the problem is not solved, visit the following
support site.
Support site
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
General
• Halogenated flame retardants are not used in the
certain printed wiring boards.
• Halogenated flame retardants are not used in
cabinets.
• Packaging cushions are made from paper.
No power is being supplied to the unit.
• Check the connection or fuse.
• If the unit is turned off and the display disappears, it
cannot be operated with the remote commander.
t Turn on the unit.
The power antenna (aerial) does not extend.
The power antenna (aerial) does not have a relay box.
No sound.
• The ATT function is activated, or the Telephone ATT
function (when the interface cable of a car telephone
is connected to the ATT lead) is activated.
• The position of the fader control “FAD” is not set for
a 2-speaker system.
No beep sound.
• The beep sound is canceled (page 18).
• An optional power amplifier is connected and you are
not using the built-in amplifier.
The contents of the memory have been erased.
• The RESET button has been pressed.
t Store again into the memory.
• The power supply lead or battery has been
disconnected or it is not connected properly.
Stored stations and correct time are erased.
The fuse has blown.
Makes noise when the position of the ignition
is switched.
The leads are not matched correctly with the car’s
accessory power connector.
During playback or reception, demonstration
mode starts.
If no operation is performed for 5 minutes with
“DEMO-ON” set, demonstration mode starts.
t Set “DEMO-OFF” (page 18).
continue to next page t
23
The display disappears from/does not appear
in the display window.
• The dimmer is set “DIM-ON” (page 18).
• The display disappears if you press and hold (OFF).
t Press and hold (OFF) on the unit until the
display appears.
The Auto Off function does not operate.
The unit is turned on. The Auto Off function activates
after turning off the unit.
t Turn off the unit.
The display disappears while the unit is
operating.
The Black Out function is set to on (page 18).
Card remote commander operation is not
possible.
If the Black Out function is activated (no lighting),
card remote commander operation is not possible
(page 18).
CD playback
The disc cannot be loaded.
• Another disc is already loaded.
• The disc has been forcibly inserted upside down or in
the wrong way.
The disc does not playback.
• Defective or dirty disc.
• The CD-Rs/CD-RWs are not for audio use (page 21).
MP3/WMA/AAC files cannot be played back.
The disc is incompatible with the MP3/WMA/AAC
format and version. For details on playable discs and
formats, visit the support site.
MP3/WMA/AAC files take longer to play back
than others.
The following discs take a longer time to start
playback.
– a disc recorded with a complicated tree structure.
– a disc recorded in Multi Session.
– a disc to which data can be added.
The display items do not scroll.
• For discs with very many characters, those may not
scroll.
• “A.SCRL” is set to “OFF.”
t Set “A.SCRL-ON” (page 18).
t Press and hold (DSPL) (SCRL).
The sound skips.
• Installation is not correct.
t Install the unit at an angle of less than 45° in a
sturdy part of the car.
• Defective or dirty disc.
The operation buttons do not function.
The disc will not eject.
Press the RESET button (page 6).
24
Radio reception
The stations cannot be received.
The sound is hampered by noises.
The connection is not correct.
t Connect a power antenna (aerial) control lead
(blue) or accessory power supply lead (red) to the
power supply lead of a car’s antenna (aerial)
booster (only when your car has built-in FM/AM
antenna (aerial) in the rear/side glass).
t Check the connection of the car antenna (aerial).
t If the auto antenna (aerial) will not go up, check the
connection of the power antenna (aerial) control
lead.
Preset tuning is not possible.
• Store the correct frequency in the memory.
• The broadcast signal is too weak.
Automatic tuning is not possible.
• Setting of the local seek mode is not correct.
t Tuning stops too frequently:
Set “LOCAL-ON” (page 18).
t Tuning does not stop at a station:
Set “LOCAL-OFF” (page 18).
• The broadcast signal is too weak.
t Perform manual tuning.
During FM reception, the “ST” indication
flashes.
• Tune in the frequency accurately.
• The broadcast signal is too weak.
t Set “MONO-ON” (page 18).
An FM program broadcast in stereo is heard in
monaural.
The unit is in monaural reception mode.
t Set “MONO-OFF” (page 18).
USB playback
You cannot play back items via a USB hub.
This unit cannot recognize USB devices via a USB
hub.
Cannot play back items.
A USB device does not work.
t Reconnect it.
The USB device takes longer to play back.
The USB device contains files with a complicated tree
structure.
A beep sounds.
During playback, the USB device has been
disconnected.
t Before disconnecting a USB device, make sure to
stop playback first for data protection.
The sound is intermittent.
The sound may be intermittent at a high-bit-rate of
more than 320 kbps.
Error displays/Messages
CHECKING
The unit is confirming the connection of a USB device.
t Wait until confirming the connection is finished.
ERROR*1
• The disc is dirty or inserted upside down.*2
t Clean or insert the disc correctly.
• A blank disc has been inserted.
• The disc cannot play due to a problem.
t Insert another disc.
• USB device was not automatically recognized.
t Reconnect it again.
• Press Z to remove the disc.
FAILURE
The connection of speakers/amplifiers is incorrect.
t See the installation guide manual of this model to
check the connection.
HUB NO SUPRT
USB hub is not supported on this unit.
LOAD
The CD changer is loading the disc.
t Wait until loading is complete.
L. SEEK +/–
The local seek mode is on during automatic tuning.
NO DEV (No Device)
(SOURCE) is selected without a USB device
connected. A USB device or a USB cable has been
disconnected during playback.
t Be sure to connect a USB device and USB cable.
NO DISC
The disc is not inserted in the CD changer.
t Insert discs in the CD changer.
NO MAG
The disc magazine is not inserted in the CD changer.
t Insert the disc magazine in the CD changer.
NO MUSIC
The disc or USB device does not contain a music file.
t Insert a music CD in this unit or an MP3 playable
CD changer.
t Connect a USB device with a music file in it.
NO NAME
A disc/album/artist/track name is not written in the
track.
OFFSET
There may be an internal malfunction.
t Check the connection. If the error indication
remains on in the display, consult your nearest
Sony dealer.
OVERLOAD
USB device is overloaded.
t Disconnect the USB device, then change the source
by pressing (SOURCE).
t Indicates that the USB device is out of order, or an
unsupported device is connected.
READ
The unit is reading all track and album information on
the disc.
t Wait until reading is complete and playback starts
automatically. Depending on the disc structure, it
may take more than a minute.
RESET
The CD unit, CD changer or USB device cannot be
operated due to a problem.
t Press the RESET button (page 6).
USB NO SUPRT (USB Not Support)
The connected USB device is not supported.
t For details on the compatibility of your USB
device, visit the support site.
“
” or “
”
During reverse or fast-forward, you have reached the
beginning or the end of the disc and you cannot go any
further.
“ ”
The character cannot be displayed with the unit.
*1 If an error occurs during playback of a CD, the disc
number of the CD does not appear in the display.
*2 The disc number of the disc causing the error
appears in the display.
If these solutions do not help improve the situation,
consult your nearest Sony dealer.
If you take the unit to be repaired because of CD
playback trouble, bring the disc that was used at the
time the problem began.
25
‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﭘﯿﻐﺎم ﻫﺎی ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪CHECKING‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺣﺎل ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل متﺎم ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪1*ERROR‬‬
‫•دﯾﺴﮏ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ ﯾﺎ ﴎ و ﺗﻪ وارد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪2*.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﯾﺴﮏ را متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﯿﺢ وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ وارد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫•دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ دﻟﯿﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﯾﺴﮏ دﯾﮕﺮی را وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬آن را دوﺑﺎره وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‪ ‬را ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎرج ﮐﺮدن دﯾﺴﮏ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAILURE‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ‪/‬ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨامی اﺗﺼﺎل اﯾﻦ ﻣﺪل را ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺑﯿﻨﯽ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HUB NO SUPRT‬‬
‫ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪LOAD‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ CD‬در ﺣﺎل ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری دﯾﺴﮏ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ مبﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫–‪L. SEEK +/‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻣﺤﻠﯽ در ﺣﯿﻦ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر روﺷﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) NO DEV‬ﺑﺪون دﺳﺘﮕﺎه(‬
‫)‪ (SOURCE‬ﺑﺪون ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﯾﮏ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺣﺘام دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬و ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO DISC‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ در ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ CD‬ﻗﺮار داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را در ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ CD‬ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO MAG‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﻪ دﯾﺴﮏ در ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ CD‬ﻗﺮار داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻣﺠﻠﻪ دﯾﺴﮏ را در ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ CD‬ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO MUSIC‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺣﺎوی ﯾﮏ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ منﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﯾﮏ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ را ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ CD‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ MP3‬وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﮐﻪ در آن ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ وﺟﻮد دارد وﺻﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO NAME‬‬
‫ﻧﺎم دﯾﺴﮏ‪/‬آﻟﺒﻮم‪/‬ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ‪/‬ﺗﺮاک در ﺗﺮاک ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪OFFSET‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﯾﮏ ﺳﻮء ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد داﺧﻠﯽ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﺗﺼﺎل را ﺑﺎزﺑﯿﻨﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫روﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﱰﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮرت منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪OVERLOAD‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﯿﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن‬
‫‪ SOURCE‬ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺧﺮاب اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪READ‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺣﺎل ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن متﺎم اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺗﺮاک و آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺮ روی دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن متﺎم ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر دﯾﺴﮏ‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ﯾﮏ دﻗﯿﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪RESET‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ ،CD‬ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ CD‬ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را منﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ‬
‫دﻟﯿﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ RESET‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬
‫‪ USB) USB NO SUPRT‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد(‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ دﯾﺪن منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫"‬
‫" ﯾﺎ "‬
‫"‬
‫در ﺣﯿﻦ ﻋﻘﺐ رﻓنت ﯾﺎ ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺷام ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪا ﯾﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﺎن دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫رﺳﯿﺪه اﯾﺪ و منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﯿﺶ از اﯾﻦ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺑﺮوﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫" "‬
‫ﮐﺎراﮐﱰ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬اﮔﺮ در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ ‪ CD‬ﯾﮏ ﺧﻄﺎ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﯿﺎﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷامره دﯾﺴﮏ ‪CD‬‬
‫در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﺷامره دﯾﺴﮏ دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ اﯾﻦ راه ﺣﻞ ﻫﺎ ﮐﻤﮑﯽ در ﺑﻬﺒﻮد ﴍاﯾﻂ اﯾﺠﺎد منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﱰﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺑﻪ دﻟﯿﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ در ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺮوز ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ را ﻧﯿﺰ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﯿﺎورﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ‪ Auto Off‬ﮐﺎر منﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه روﺷﻦ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ‪ Auto Off‬ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫اﯾﻨﮑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺣﺎل ﮐﺎر اﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Black Out‬ﺑﺮ روی روﺷﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Black Out‬ﻓﻌﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺪون روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪CD‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ را منﯽ ﺗﻮان ﻗﺮار داد‪.‬‬
‫•ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ دﯾﮕﺮ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺮار ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫•دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ اﺟﺒﺎر ﴎ و ﺗﻪ ﯾﺎ در ﺟﻬﺖ اﺷﺘﺒﺎه وارد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫•دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻌﯿﻮب ﯾﺎ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ‪.‬‬
‫•‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(21‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ و ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ و ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ زﯾﺮ دﯾﺪن منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی دﯾﮕﺮ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ آن ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺖ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه‪.‬‬
‫– ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺼﻮرت ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ‪.Multi Session‬‬
‫– ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﮐﻪ داده ﻫﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ را منﯽ ﺗﻮان ﻣﺮور ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫•ﺑﺮای دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺑﺴﯿﺎر زﯾﺎدی ﮐﺎراﮐﱰ‪ ،‬آن ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺮور ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•"‪ "A.SCRL‬ﺑﺮ روی "‪ "OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) "A.SCRL-ON" T‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (SCRL) (DSPL) T‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا رد ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫•ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ منﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﯾﮏ زاوﯾﻪ ‪ 45‬درﺟﻪ در ﯾﮏ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ از‬
‫اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻌﯿﻮب ﯾﺎ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی ﮐﺎر منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺎرج ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ RESET‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ را منﯽ ﺗﻮان درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ )آﺑﯽ( ﯾﺎ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ )ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬
‫را ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق ﯾﮏ ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫)ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﺷام دارای آﻧنت ‪ FM/AM‬داﺧﻠﯽ در‬
‫ﺷﯿﺸﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪/‬ﮐﻨﺎری ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧنت اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ را ﺑﺎزﺑﯿﻨﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﮔﺮ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ منﯽ رود‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ را‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺑﯿﻨﯽ منﺎﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫•ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ را در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﺿﻌﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻣﺤﻠﯽ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﺎﭘﯽ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪:‬‬
‫"‪ "LOCAL-ON‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ در ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪:‬‬
‫"‪ "LOCAL-OFF‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫•ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﺿﻌﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺣﯿﻦ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ‪ ،FM‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ "‪ "ST‬ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﺿﻌﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ "MONO-ON" T‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ FM‬در اﺳﱰﯾﻮ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﻮﻧﻮرال ﺷﻨﯿﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﻧﻮرال ﻗﺮار دارد‪.‬‬
‫‪ "MONO-OFF" T‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺷام منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ را از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬را از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻫﺎب ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫منﯽ ﺗﻮان آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﮐﺎر منﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬آن را دوﺑﺎره وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬زﻣﺎن ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺣﺎوی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺖ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﺻﺪای ﺑﻮق ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﭘﯿﺶ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﺮدن ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ ،USB‬اﺑﺘﺪا ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از داده ﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ‪ 320‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﯿﺖ در ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺮم‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ‪ 1.9‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه‪:‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت‪RM-X151 :‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت )‪ 1‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ(‬
‫ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﺮدان‪RM-X4S :‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪) BUS‬ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ﭘﯿﻦ ‪:(RCA‬‬
‫‪ 1) RC-61‬ﻣﱰ(‪ 2) RC-62 ،‬ﻣﱰ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ 10) CD‬دﯾﺴﮏ(‪،CDX-757MX :‬‬
‫‪CDX-656X‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ‪XA-300 :AUX-IN‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮای ‪RC-100IP :iPod‬‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺷام ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ذﮐﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫را ﺧﺮﯾﺪ و ﻓﺮوش ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت دﻗﯿﻖ از ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺧﻮد‬
‫ﭘﺮس و ﺟﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮح و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺪون اﻃﻼع ﻗﺒﻠﯽ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎزدارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎی ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻟﻮژن دار در ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از ﻣﺪارﻫﺎی ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﺸﯽ‬
‫ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎزدارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎی ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻟﻮژن دار در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﯿﺐ ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ زﯾﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷام ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺷام ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﻮد ﭘﯿﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ را ﺣﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶ از ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ زﯾﺮ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎل و روﻧﺪﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ را‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺑﯿﻨﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺣﻞ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ زﯾﺮ دﯾﺪن منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫ﻣﻮارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮق ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه منﯽ رﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﺎ ﻓﯿﻮز را ﺑﺎزﺑﯿﻨﯽ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•اﮔﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬آن‬
‫منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ﺑﮑﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺑﺎز منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ دارای اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ منﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺻﺪا‪.‬‬
‫•ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ ATT‬ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ ATT‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ )ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ راﺑﻂ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ‪ ATT‬وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد( ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫•ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺤﻮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه "‪ "FAD‬ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﭗ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﭗ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫•ﯾﮏ ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه اﺧﺘﯿﺎری ﻧﯿﺮو وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺷام از ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪه داﺧﻠﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده منﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫•دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ RESET‬ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬دوﺑﺎره در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺳﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ وﺻﻞ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه و زﻣﺎن ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﯿﻮز ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﺮق ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﺎ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬وﺿﻌﯿﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ "‪ "DEMO-ON‬ﺑﺮای ‪5‬‬
‫دﻗﯿﻘﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد‪ ،‬وﺿﻌﯿﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ "DEMO-OFF" T‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ از ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪/‬در آن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ منﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﺎر ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮ روی "‪ "DIM-ON‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫•اﮔﺮ ﺷام )‪ (OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ (OFF) T‬ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اداﻣﻪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری‬
‫ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ ﮐﺮدن ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه‬
‫دور ﮐﺎرت‬
‫در ﴍاﯾﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ‪ 1‬ﺳﺎل ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﴍاﯾﻂ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﮐﺎر آن ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﱰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ (.‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺑﺮد دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت‬
‫ﮐﻤﱰ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ ‪ CR2025‬ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ‬
‫منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی دﯾﮕﺮی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزی‬
‫ﯾﺎ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر در ﭘﯽ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ +‬در ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 87.5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 108.0‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ )در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ‪ 50‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل آﻧنت‪ :‬اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ 150 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪10 dBf :‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‪ 75 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 400‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ‪ 70 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ )ﻣﻮﻧﻮ(‬
‫ﺟﺪاﯾﯽ‪ 40 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 20 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 15,000‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 531‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1,602‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ‪ 9‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل آﻧنت‪ :‬اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ 25 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﯿﮑﺮو وﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ را دور از دﺳﱰس ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪ .‬در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﻠﻌﯿﺪه‬
‫ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺰﺷﮏ ﻣﺸﻮرت منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘام ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﺑﻮدن ﻗﻄﺐ را رﻋﺎﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را از ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی ﻧﮕﺎه ﻧﺪارﯾﺪ‪ ،‬در ﻏﯿﺮ اﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﮐﻮﺗﺎه اﯾﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی در ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫آن را دوﺑﺎره ﺷﺎرژ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎز ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ در آﺗﺶ دور ﻧﯿﻨﺪازﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮق‬
‫ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻨﯽ ﻓﯿﻮز‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ ﮐﺮدن ﻓﯿﻮز‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ‬
‫ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ از ﯾﮏ ﻓﯿﻮز ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﯿﺰان‬
‫آﻣﭙﺮ ذﮐﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﻓﯿﻮز اﺻﻠﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﻓﯿﻮز ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺮق را ﺑﺎزﺑﯿﻨﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و ﻓﯿﻮز را ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﻓﯿﻮز ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻨﯽ دوﺑﺎره‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﯾﮏ ﺳﻮء‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد داﺧﻠﯽ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬در‬
‫ﭼﻨﯿﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﱰﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎب‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ‪ 120 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 10 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 20,000‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺻﺪا و ﻟﺮزش‪ :‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺗﺮ از ﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﯿﺮی‬
‫راﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﴎﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺟﺮﯾﺎن‪ 500 :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪ :‬ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ )اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎی ﻣﻬﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﯽ(‬
‫اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 4 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬اﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﺮق‪ 52 :‬وات × ‪) 4‬در ‪ 4‬اﻫﻢ(‬
‫ﻣﻮارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﻓﯿﻮز )‪ 10‬آﻣﭙﺮ(‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺻﺪا )ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪/‬ﭘﺸﺘﯽ(‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ووﻓﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﯽ )ﻣﻮﻧﻮ(‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﮐﻨﱰل ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﮐﻨﱰل ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮق‬
‫ورودی ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ورودی ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از راه دور‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ورودی آﻧنت‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﮐﻨﱰل ‪ ATT‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﮐﻨﱰل روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ورودی ﮐﻨﱰل ‪BUS‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ورودی ﺻﺪای ‪BUS‬‬
‫ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ(‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ورودی ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ‪USB‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎی ﺗﻮن‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ‪ ±10 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 60‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪(XPLOD‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ±10 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪(XPLOD‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ±10 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 10‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪(XPLOD‬‬
‫ﺑﺮق ﻣﻮرد ﻧﯿﺎز‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﺑﺮق ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ‪ 12‬وﻟﺖ )ﻣﻨﻔﯽ زﻣﯿﻦ(‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ‪ 185 × 100 × 178‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ )ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﻧﺼﺐ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ‪ 163 × 100 × 178‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ )ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫اﺧﻄﺎرﻫﺎ‬
‫• اﮔﺮ اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﺷام در زﯾﺮ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﭘﺎرک ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫اﺑﺘﺪا دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﺎز ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد ﺗﺠﻤﻊ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ در داﺧﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ را‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و ﺣﺪود ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﻮد؛ در ﻏﯿﺮ‬
‫اﯾﻨﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﮐﺎر ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺻﺪا‬
‫• دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﮐﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫– ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫– ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‪.‬‬
‫– ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﻨﺎﻻﯾﺰ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﯿﺮ از ﻣﻮارد ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﯾﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ MP3‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪،ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2‬‬
‫‪ Joliet/Romeo‬ﯾﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﺪر )آﻟﺒﻮم(‬
‫‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ‪MP3/WMA/‬‬
‫‪) AAC‬ﺗﺮاک(‬
‫ﻣﺎﯾﻊ را ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺮﯾﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت در ﻣﻮرد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫• دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﯾﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻫﻮا ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ و آن را در ﯾﮏ اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﭘﺎرک‬
‫ﺷﺪه در زﯾﺮ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ رﻫﺎ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﯿﺶ از ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ‬
‫متﯿﺰ از ﻣﺮﮐﺰ رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﯿﺮون ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬از‬
‫ﺣﻼل ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﯿرن ﯾﺎ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﺑﺎزار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻓﴩده )‪(CD‬‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫و ﺑﻌﻀﯽ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﮐﺪﮔﺬاری‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻦ آوری ﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫ﻓﴩده )‪ (CD‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﯿﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﯾﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ اﯾﻦ دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺐ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﭼﺴﺒﯿﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﻧﺠﺎم اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮء‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺮاب ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی دارای ﺷﮑﻞ ﻏﯿﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد )ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺎره(‪ .‬ﺳﻌﯽ در اﻧﺠﺎم اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت در ﻣﻮرد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫• ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد‪) :‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ‪(CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫– ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ )آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ(‪) 150 :‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﻟﺪر رﯾﺸﻪ(‬
‫– ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ )ﺗﺮاک ﻫﺎ( و ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ‪) 300 :‬اﮔﺮ ﻧﺎم ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ دارای‬
‫ﮐﺎراﮐﱰﻫﺎی ﺑﺴﯿﺎری ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ 300‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫– ﮐﺎراﮐﱰﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﺮای ﻧﺎم ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)‪32 (Joliet)/64 (Romeo‬‬
‫• اﮔﺮ دﯾﺴﮏ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺑﺎ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ‪ CD-DA‬ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬آن‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ‪ CD-DA‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬و ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫دﯾﮕﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺑﺎره ‪iPod‬‬
‫• ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪل ﻫﺎی ‪ iPod‬زﯾﺮ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﺧﻮد را ﭘﯿﺶ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻪ آﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﺑﺮوزرﺳﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ‪iPod touch‬‬
‫ ‪iPod classic‬‬‫ ‪ iPod‬دارای وﯾﺪﺋﻮ*‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﺳﻮم(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ دوم(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ اول(*‬‫ ‪ iPhone‬و ‪iPhone 3G‬‬‫* ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﺮای ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ اول( ﯾﺎ ‪ iPod‬دارای وﯾﺪﺋﻮ در‬
‫دﺳﱰس ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ”‪ “Made for iPod‬ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﺎص ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ‪ iPod‬ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ آن ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﯿﺎرﻫﺎی اﺟﺮاﯾﯽ ‪ Apple‬از ﺳﻮی ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻀﻤﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ”‪ “Works with iPhone‬ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﺎص ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ‪ iPhone‬ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ و ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ آن ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﯿﺎرﻫﺎی اﺟﺮاﯾﯽ ‪ Apple‬از ﺳﻮی ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﯿﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ Apple‬در ﻗﺒﺎل ﮐﺎرﮐﺮد اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ آن ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻫﺎی اﯾﻤﻨﯽ و ﻣﻘﺮراﺗﯽ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﻮال ﯾﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ در راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﻮد دارﯾﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ در اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ ذﮐﺮ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﱰﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺳﻮﻧﯽ‬
‫‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﺮدان ‪RM-X4S‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﭽﻪ در زﯾﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ در ﮐﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫وﺻﻞ ﮐﺮدن ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ را ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﺮﻣﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﺮدان‬
‫وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﻓﺰاﯾﺶ دادن‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺎﻫﺶ دادن‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪SEL‬‬
‫‪SEL‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ در ﻓﺮﻣﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﺮدان ﻫامن ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ATT‬‬
‫‪SEL‬‬
‫‪PRESET/‬‬
‫‪DISC‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪SOURCE‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪SEEK/AMS‬‬
‫‪VOL‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ در ﻓﺮﻣﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﺮدان ﻧﯿﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) ATT‬ﻧﺎزک ﮐﺮدن(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﺎزک ﮐﺮدن ﺻﺪا‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﺮدن‪ ،‬دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﻨﱰل ‪PRESET/DISC‬‬
‫‪ :CD/USB‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ (ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه )ﺑﻪ‬
‫داﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫رادﯾﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﺮای درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه )ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﻨﱰل ‪) VOL‬ﺻﺪا(‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه )ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﻨﱰل ‪SEEK/AMS‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ (SEEK) –/+‬ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه )ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫• دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) DSPL‬منﺎﯾﺶ(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ‪.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﺮدان را در ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮن ﻫﺪاﯾﺘﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی را‬
‫ﻣﻌﮑﻮس ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ‪ VOL‬را ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﯿﺪ‪ (SEL) ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات اﺧﺘﯿﺎری‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات ﺻﻮﺗﯽ اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺎ وﺻﻞ ﮐﺮدن ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری ﺑﻪ ﻓﯿﺶ‬
‫ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ( ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﺧﻮد‬
‫ﮔﻮش دﻫﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪا ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﻣﯿﺎن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬روﻧﺪ زﯾﺮ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪CD‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪ (SOURCE) 1‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪ "CD‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ (MODE) 2‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺷامره دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫وﺻﻞ ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ 1‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷامره دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫رد ﮐﺮدن آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ و دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ (ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای رد ﮐﺮدن‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل*‬
‫)ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ(‬
‫* ﺣﺘام از ﯾﮏ ﻓﯿﺶ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا‬
‫ﺣﺘام ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪا ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه را ﭘﯿﺶ از‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (SOURCE) 2‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪ "AUX‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫"‪ "AUX FRONT IN‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺻﺪای ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﴍوع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺻﺪای ﮔﻮش دادن ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺳﻄﺢ ورودی را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(17‬‬
‫‪ (ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫و آزاد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺑﺮای ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ای ﻧﮕﺎه‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم‬
‫دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮف ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ از اوﻟﯿﻦ آزادﺳﺎزی‪.‬‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻇﺮف ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮار و ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ (REP) (3) ،‬ﯾﺎ )‪ (SHUF) (4‬را ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺑﺮاى ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DISC‬‬
‫‪ SHUF CHANGER‬ﺗﺮاک ﻫﺎ در ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎدی‪ " OFF" ،‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫"‪ "SHUF OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮدن آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ — ‪SET‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻮرد‬
‫دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ )ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل "‪ "ON‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫"‪ ("OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪/‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﺎدی ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ و ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫داﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﮐﻨﯿﺪ(‪:‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(7‬‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﭗ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪."OFF" ،"ON" :‬‬
‫‪) 1*AUX-A‬ﺻﺪای ‪(AUX‬‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ‪ AUX‬را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) "OFF" ،"ON" :‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(19‬‬
‫‪(Auto Off) A.OFF‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن‬
‫دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪) 30S" ،"NO" :‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ("‪،‬‬
‫"‪) 30M‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ("‪) 60M" ،‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ("‪.‬‬
‫‪) B.OUT‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل‪ ،‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪/CD‬درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫رادﯾﻮ‪ ،‬و ﻏﯿﺮه( را در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ ﺑﺮای ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪."OFF" ،"ON" :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺮداﻧﺪن ﻧﻮر‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ دﮐﻤﻪ ای ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪) .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت راه دور ﻏﯿﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬منﻮﻧﻪ منﺎﯾﺸﯽ(‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪."OFF" ،"ON" :‬‬
‫‪(Dimmer) DIM‬‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"AT‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎرﯾﮏ ﮐﺮدن ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎ را روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪) .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ وﺻﻞ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"ON‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎرﯾﮏ ﮐﺮدن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"OFF‬ﺑﺮای ﻏﯿﺮ ﻓﻌﺎل ﮐﺮدن ﺗﺎرﯾﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه‪.‬‬
‫‪CONTRAST‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰاﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﮐﻨﱰاﺳﺖ در ‪7‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) ILM‬روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ(‬
‫رﻧﮓ روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪،"ILM-1" :‬‬
‫"‪."ILM-2‬‬
‫‪) M.DSPL‬منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺘﺤﺮک(‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺘﺤﺮک را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"LM‬ﺑﺮای ﻧﺸﺎن دادن اﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﺤﺮک و اﻧﺪازه ﺳﻄﺢ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"ON‬ﺑﺮای ﻧﺸﺎن دادن اﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﺤﺮک‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"OFF‬ﺑﺮای ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﮐﺮدن ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺘﺤﺮک‪.‬‬
‫‪) A.SCRL‬ﻣﺮور ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر(‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﻣﺮور ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪."OFF" ،"ON" :‬‬
‫‪) LOCAL‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻣﺤﻠﯽ(‬
‫– "‪ :"ON‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﺮ روی اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎی ﻗﻮﯾﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"OFF‬ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﺎدی‪.‬‬
‫‪) 2*MONO‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﻧﻮرال(‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻮﻧﻮرال را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ‪FM‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪."OFF" ،"ON" :‬‬
‫‪) Z.TIME‬زﻣﺎن زاﭘﯿﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ ZAPPIN‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ 6) Z.TIME-1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ("‪ 9) Z.TIME-2" ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ("‪،‬‬
‫"‪ 30) Z.TIME-3‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ("‪.‬‬
‫‪) LPF‬ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﮔﺬر(‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﻊ ووﻓﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪،"OFF" :‬‬
‫"‪."160Hz" ،"140Hz" ،"120Hz" ،"100Hz" ،"80Hz‬‬
‫‪) LPF NORM/REV‬ﻓﯿﻠﱰ ﻋﺒﻮر ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻋﺎدی‪/‬ﻣﻌﮑﻮس(‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ‪ LPF‬روﺷﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻓﺎز را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫"‪."REV" ،"NORM‬‬
‫‪) HPF‬ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺬر(‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪/‬ﭘﺸﺘﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫"‪."160Hz" ،"140Hz" ،"120Hz" ،"100Hz" ،"80Hz" ،"OFF‬‬
‫‪) LOUD‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪی ﺻﺪا(‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻢ و زﯾﺮ را ﺑﺮای ﺻﺪای واﺿﺤﱰ در ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪."OFF" ،"ON" :‬‬
‫‪) BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(12‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ‪ FM‬درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﺻﺪا‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﯽ ﺳﺎزی ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ اﮐﻮﻻﯾﺰر — ‪EQ3‬‬
‫"‪ "CUSTOM‬از ‪ EQ3‬ﺑﻪ ﺷام اﻣﮑﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫اﮐﻮﻻﯾﺰر ﺧﻮد را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪا‬
‫‪ 1‬ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و ﺳﭙﺲ )‪ (EQ3‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪ "CUSTOM‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ آﯾﺘﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪"MID" ،"LOW‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ "‪ "HI‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ‪ 1‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ‪ ،‬از ‪ –10‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪+10‬‬
‫دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (BACK) 3‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎی ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪/‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﺎدی ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ را ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت دﻧﺒﺎل ﮐﻨﯿﺪ(‪:‬‬
‫‪) DSO‬ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺻﺪای ﺻﺤﻨﻪ دﯾﻨﺎﻣﯿﮏ(‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﺣﻮزه ﺻﺪای ﻓﺮاﮔﯿﺮﺗﺮ اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ "3" ،"2" ،"1" :DSO‬ﯾﺎ "‪ ."OFF‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ‬
‫ﺷامره ﺑﺰرﮔﱰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮه ﻗﻮی ﺗﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪) 1*HI ،1*MID ،1*LOW‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(17‬‬
‫‪) BAL‬ﺗﻮازن(‬
‫ﺗﻮازن ﺻﺪای ﻣﯿﺎن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی راﺳﺖ و ﭼﭗ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) FAD‬ﻣﺤﻮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه(‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﯽ ﻣﯿﺎن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ و ﭘﺸﺘﯽ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) SUB‬ﺻﺪای ووﻓﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﯽ(‬
‫ﺻﺪای ووﻓﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﯽ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) AUX‬ﺳﻄﺢ ‪2*(AUX‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﯾﮏ از ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات اﺿﺎﻓﯽ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه را‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ +18" :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ" – "‪ 0‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ" – "‪ –8‬دﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺑﻞ"‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻧﯿﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا ﻣﯿﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ را رﻓﻊ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ‪ 2‬و ‪ 3‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ اﮐﻮﻻﯾﺰر ﺗﮑﺮار ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺮداﻧﺪن ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ اﮐﻮﻻﯾﺰر ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه در ﮐﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﭘﯿﺶ از امتﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (BACK) 4‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎی ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪/‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﺎدی ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫اﺷﺎره‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺮ اﻧﻮاع اﮐﻮﻻﯾﺰر ﻧﯿﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ‪ EQ3‬ﻓﻌﺎل اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ‪ AUX‬ﻓﻌﺎل اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮاری و ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ‪ — iPod‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ (REP) (3) ،‬ﯾﺎ )‪ (SHUF) (4‬را ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﯾﮏ ‪ iPod‬وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﯾﻪ را‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﺑﮑﺎر ﮔﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺗﺮاک ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪TRACK‬‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM‬‬
‫ﭘﺎدﮐﺴﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪PODCAST‬‬
‫ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ARTIST‬‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪PLAYLIST‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪GENRE‬‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF ALBUM‬‬
‫ﭘﺎدﮐﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF PODCAST‬‬
‫ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF ARTIST‬‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF PLAYLIST‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF GENRE‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF DEVICE‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎدی‪ " OFF" ،‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫"‪ "SHUF OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ (MODE) ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫"‪ "MODE IPD‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺷام ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ‪ iPod‬ﺧﻮاﻫﯿﺪ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫)‪ (DSPL‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ زﯾﺮ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺎم ﺗﺮاک ‪ ‬ﻧﺎم ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ‬ﻧﺎم آﻟﺒﻮم ‪MODE IPD ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫)‪ (MODE‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ "‪ "MODE AUD‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ و ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ‬
‫"‪ "RESUMING‬ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫• ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫• اﮔﺮ اﯾﻦ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺗﮑﺮار ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (MODE) 2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ زﯾﺮ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ TRACK  ALBUM  RESUMING‬‬
‫‪ PLAYLIST  GENRE  *PODCAST‬‬
‫‪ARTIST‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫* ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪ iPod‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (OFF‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ‪iPod‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ iPod‬را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ iPod 2‬را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﺑﺮای ‪iPhone‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )‪(iPod‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎم ﺗﺮاک‪ ،‬ﻧﺎم ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎم آﻟﺒﻮم‪ ،‬ﺷامره ﺗﺮاک‪/‬زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ‪ (DSPL) ،‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺷﺎره‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ آﻟﺒﻮم‪/‬ﭘﺎدﮐﺴﺖ‪/‬دﺳﺘﻪ‪/‬ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ‪/‬ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷامره آﯾﺘﻢ آن ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷام ‪ iPhone‬را از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ‪ USB‬وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪای ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮد ‪ iPhone‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮﻫﯿﺰ از ﺻﺪای ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫زﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪای روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﺣﯿﻦ زﻧﮓ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ را ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ ‪ iPod‬از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از ﺣﺮوف ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه در ‪ iPod‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﯿﺢ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫داده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫اﺷﺎرات‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪) RC-100IP USB‬ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ( را ﺑﺮای وﺻﻞ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﯾﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ اﺣﱰاق ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ‪ ACC‬ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬و‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ iPod ،‬ﺷﺎرژ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• اﮔﺮ ‪ iPod‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮد‪ "NO DEV" ،‬در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﴍوع ﻣﺠﺪد‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﯾﻪ وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﴍوع ﻣﺠﺪد ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﮐﺮده و ﭘﺨﺶ از‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ iPod‬ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﴍوع ﻣﺠﺪد‪ ،‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– )‪(REP) (3‬‬
‫– )‪(SHUF) (4‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ (MODE) ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ زﯾﺮ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ *PODCAST  TRACK  ALBUM‬‬
‫‪ARTIST  PLAYLIST  GENRE‬‬
‫* ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪ iPod‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫رد ﮐﺮدن آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎدﮐﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ و ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪان‬
‫ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫‪(ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬‬
‫رد ﮐﺮدن‬
‫]ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪام ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ[‬
‫رد ﮐﺮدن ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪(ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬‬
‫]ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ[‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪iPod‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮار و ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ (REP) (3) ،‬ﯾﺎ )‪ (SHUF) (4‬را ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺗﺮاک ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪TRACK‬‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM‬‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF ALBUM‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF DEVICE‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎدی‪ " OFF" ،‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫"‪ "SHUF OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ‪ iPod‬ﺧﻮد‪" ،‬درﺑﺎره ‪ "iPod‬در‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 21‬را ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ دﯾﺪن منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨام‪ "iPod" ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی ‪ iPod‬در ‪ iPod‬ﯾﺎ ‪ iPhone‬ﺑﮑﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣنت ﯾﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﯾﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ دﯾﮕﺮی ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶ از اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ ،iPod‬ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬درﭘﻮش ‪ USB‬را از اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ‪ USB‬ﺧﺎرج ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و ‪iPod‬‬
‫را از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﯾﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫دﻫﻨﺪه ‪ USB‬وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬و منﺎﯾﺶ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ زﯾﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪*.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮاک ﻫﺎی ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر از آﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ‪ iPod‬از ﻗﺒﻞ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ )‪ (SOURCE‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪ "USB‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪) .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد "‪ "IPD‬در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪(.‬‬
‫* اﮔﺮ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﺎز آﺧﺮ در ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬آن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ دﯾﺪن منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫• دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ‪ USB‬ﻧﻮع ‪) MSC‬دﺳﺘﻪ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی اﻧﺒﻮه( و‬
‫‪) MTP‬ﭘﺮوﺗﮑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل رﺳﺎﻧﻪ( ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ USB‬را‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار داد‪.‬‬
‫• رﻣﺰﮔﺬار‪-‬رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‪(.wma) WMA ،(.mp3) MP3 ،‬‬
‫و ‪ (.m4a) AAC‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد از داده ﻫﺎ در ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﮐﭙﯽ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن ﺗﻬﯿﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﻌﺪ از روﺷﻦ ﮐﺮدن ﻣﻮﺗﻮر وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫‪ ،USB‬در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭘﯿﺶ از روﺷﻦ ﮐﺮدن ﻣﻮﺗﻮر وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮء ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﯾﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 1‬درﭘﻮش ‪ USB‬را از اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ‪ USB‬ﺧﺎرج ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ‪ USB‬وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺧﺎرج ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ داده ﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫• از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬آﻧﭽﻨﺎن ﺑﺰرگ ﯾﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﯿﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻟﯿﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺮزش ﺑﯿﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﺴﺘﯽ در اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻫﺎب ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎم ﺗﺮاک‪ ،‬ﻧﺎم ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷامره آﻟﺒﻮم*‪ ،‬ﻧﺎم آﻟﺒﻮم‪ ،‬ﺷامره‬
‫ﺗﺮاک‪/‬ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫* ﺷامر آﻟﺒﻮم ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ آﻟﺒﻮم ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ‪ (DSPL) ،‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬از ﻗﺒﻞ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ‪،‬‬
‫)‪ (SOURCE‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪ "USB‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (OFF‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ ،USB‬ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ و‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ را‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد داده ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ زﯾﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ )آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ(‪128 :‬‬
‫– ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ )ﺗﺮاک ﻫﺎ( ﺑﻪ ازای ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪500 :‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را در ﯾﮏ اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﭘﺎرک ﺷﺪه رﻫﺎ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬زﯾﺮا ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮء ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﯿﺰان داده ﻫﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل ﺑﯿﻨﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪) DRM‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺣﻘﻮق دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل( ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﺎ ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‪/‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﯾﮏ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع ‪) VBR‬ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﯿﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﯿﺢ منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﻧﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬زﯾﺮ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– ﻓﴩده ﺳﺎزی ﺑﺪون ﻓﻘﺪان‬
‫– ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫رادﯾﻮ‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن و درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ در ﺣﯿﻦ راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‪ ،‬از ﺑﻬﱰﯾﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ )‪ (BTM‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺗﺼﺎدف اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪CD‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ ،CD‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 19‬را‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر — ‪BTM‬‬
‫‪ (SOURCE) 1‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪"TUNER‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن ﺑﺎﻧﺪ‪ (MODE) ،‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ از ‪ AM1 ،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫‪ AM2‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (BTM) 2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪ "BTM‬ﭼﺸﻤﮏ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺮ روی دﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺷامره ذﺧﯿﺮه ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﯾﮏ ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﭗ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا‬
‫در ﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺷﺎره‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﮐﺎرﮐﺮد ‪ BTM‬را ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻓﻌﺎل ﮐﺮده اﯾﺪ‪،‬‬
‫"‪ "BTM‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﺮده و ‪ (SEEK) +‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮار و ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ (REP) (3) ،‬ﯾﺎ )‪ (SHUF) (4‬را ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﯿﺪ ذﺧﯿﺮه‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره ))‪ (1‬ﺗﺎ )‪ ((6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه‬
‫دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪ "MEM‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﺳﻌﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه دﯾﮕﺮی را در ﻫامن دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﯾﮏ ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC ،CD TEXT‬منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﺷامر آﻟﺒﻮم ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ آﻟﺒﻮم ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ منﺎﯾﺶ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ‪ (DSPL) ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺷﺎره‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع دﯾﺴﮏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ و‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪TRACK‬‬
‫‪* ALBUM‬‬
‫‪*SHUF ALBUM‬‬
‫‪SHUF DISC‬‬
‫ﺗﺮاک ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪.‬‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‬
‫* ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره‬
‫))‪ (1‬ﺗﺎ )‪ ((6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﯽ‪ " OFF" ،‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫"‪ "SHUF OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ (SEEK) –/+‬را ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه را درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﯾﻦ روﻧﺪ را ﺗﮑﺮار ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮرد دﻟﺨﻮاه درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﺷﺎره‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎم ﺗﺮاک*‪ ،1‬دﯾﺴﮏ‪/‬ﻧﺎم ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ*‪ ،1‬ﻧﺎم ﻫرنﻣﻨﺪ*‪ ،1‬ﺷامره آﻟﺒﻮم*‪،2‬‬
‫ﻧﺎم آﻟﺒﻮم*‪ ،1‬ﺷامره ﺗﺮاک‪/‬زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﯿﺪ ﮔﻮش دﻫﯿﺪ را ﻣﯽ داﻧﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ (SEEK) –/+‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﯽ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ را‬
‫ﺑﯿﺎﺑﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ (SEEK) –/+‬را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻮرد دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻗﯿﻖ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮش دادن ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺗﺮاک – ‪ZAPPINTM‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﺎم‬
‫– ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک‬
‫در ﯾﮏ ‪ CD‬ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﭙﺮدازﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎی ﮐﻮﺗﺎه ﺗﺮاک در ﯾﮏ ‪ CD‬ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫‪ ،USB‬ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺗﺮاﮐﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﯿﺪ ﮔﻮش‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ ﺑﭙﺮدازﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺗﮑﺮار ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﺳﻮدﻣﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (BROWSE‬درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪SRC SOURCE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ALBM/PRESET‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪DIAL SELEC‬‬
‫‪SH‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪PU‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪DIAL SELEC‬‬
‫‪SH‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪PU‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪REP‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪SHUF‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪SRC SOURCE‬‬
‫‪ALBM/PRESET‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪BTM‬‬
‫‪DM+‬‬
‫‪EQ3‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪REP‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪SHUF‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪ALBM/P ESET‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪BTM‬‬
‫‪DM+‬‬
‫‪EQ3‬‬
‫‪ALBM/P ESET‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪RESET‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪RESET‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪ 2‬درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب دﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دﻟﺨﻮاه‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ 2‬را ﺗﮑﺮار ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮاک دﻟﺨﻮاه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫)‪ (BACK‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)‪ (BROWSE‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ورود ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ ،Quick-BrowZer‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺗﻜﺮار‪ /‬ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫‪ (BROWSE) 1‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ Quick-BrowZer‬ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬و ﻟﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫‪ (ZAP) 1‬را در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﯾﻦ ﮐﻪ "‪ "ZAPPIN‬در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ از ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ای از ﺗﺮاک ﺑﻌﺪی ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت ﻣﻌﯿﻨﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﯾﮏ ﺻﺪای‬
‫ﺗﯿﮏ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ و ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪی ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮاک‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﯽ از ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫در وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ‪.ZAPPIN‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮاﮐﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﯿﺪ ﺑﻪ آن ﮔﻮش دﻫﯿﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﯾﺎ )‪ (ZAP‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮاﮐﯽ ﮐﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﺮدﯾﺪ از اﺑﺘﺪا ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎدی‬
‫ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دوﺑﺎره ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ ،ZAPPIN‬ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ‪ 1‬و ‪ 2‬را ﺗﮑﺮار ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺷﺎرات‬
‫• ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ را از ﺑﯿﻦ ﺣﺪود ‪ 6‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‪ 9/‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‪30/‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ .(18‬ﺷام منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺮاک را ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ (SEEK) –/+‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ ZAPPIN‬را‬
‫ﺑﺮای رد ﮐﺮدن ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﯾﺎ آﻟﺒﻮم ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﺸﺎر دادن )‪ (BACK‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک را ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ‪RM-X151‬‬
‫‪XE‬‬
‫‪XG‬‬
‫‬
‫‪ATT‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪SEL‬‬
‫‪SOURCE‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪XH‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪XI‬‬
‫‪XK‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪VOL‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪XB‬‬
‫‪XT‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ﻧﯿﺰ‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﯽ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دارﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﯿﺶ از‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ ،‬روﮐﺶ ﻋﺎﯾﻖ را ﺑﺮدارﯾﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی )‪ ()/ (‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﻨﱰل ‪/CD‬رادﯾﻮ‪ ،USB/‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ (SEEK) –/+‬در‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا‪ ،‬و ﻏﯿﺮه را ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ‪  ‬ﺑﮑﺎر‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) DSPL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪15 ،13 ،12‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ –‪) VOL +/‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) ATT‬ﻧﺎزک ﮐﺮدن(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﺎزک ﮐﺮدن ﺻﺪا‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﺮدن‪ ،‬دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) SEL‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب(‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی )–(‪(+)/‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﻨﱰل ‪ ،CD/USB‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ –‪(ALBM/PRESET) +/‬‬
‫در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا‪ ،‬و ﻏﯿﺮه را ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ‪  ‬ﺑﮑﺎر‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) SCRL‬ﻣﺮور(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﺮور آﯾﺘﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷامره‬
‫ﺑﺮای درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ(؛‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬آن منﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ﺑﮑﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ‬
‫)‪ (SOURCE‬ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ اﺑﺘﺪا ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎل ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وارد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) DSPL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ(‪) SCRL/‬ﻣﺮور(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪15 ،13 ،12‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ(؛‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﺮور آﯾﺘﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮه منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫ﺷﮑﺎف دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬاﺷنت دﯾﺴﮏ )ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ‪OFF‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن؛ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪SEEK –/+‬‬
‫‪:CD/USB‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای رد ﮐﺮدن ﺗﺮاک ﻫﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ(؛ رد ﮐﺮدن ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮاک ﻫﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻇﺮف ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ(؛ ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک را ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪/‬ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺮدن )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫رادﯾﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ(؛ ﯾﺎﻓنت‬
‫دﺳﺘﯽ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪ AUX‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪19‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای وﺻﻞ ﮐﺮدن ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫*‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ )‪ (BACK‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ RESET‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪6‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ ZAP‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ورود ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪.ZAPPINTM‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) EQ3‬اﮐﻮﻻﯾﺰر( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪17‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﻧﻮع اﮐﻮﻻﯾﺰر )‪XPLOD، VOCAL،‬‬
‫‪EDGE، CRUISE، SPACE، GRAVITY، CUSTOM‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ ‪.(OFF‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪12‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪) BTM‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷامره‬
‫)‪ REP :(3‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪16 ،14 ،12‬‬
‫)‪ SHUF :(4‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪16 ،14 ،12‬‬
‫)‪DM+ :(5‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﻓﴩده دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ MP3‬را ﺑﻬﺒﻮد ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻓﻌﺎل ﮐﺮدن ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ ،DM+‬ﺑﻪ "‪ "ON‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﺮدن‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "‪ "OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪PAUSE :(6‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﮑﺚ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﺮدن‪ ،‬دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫رادﯾﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ(؛‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪CD‬؛ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ )‪(SOURCE‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ "CD" ،‬و ﺷامره دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ‪ ،‬اﮔﺮ )‪ (MODE‬ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ و ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﻫﺎی اﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪SRC SOURCE‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ALBM/PRESET‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪DIAL SELEC‬‬
‫‪SH‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪PU‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪REP‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪SHUF‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪BTM‬‬
‫‪DM+‬‬
‫‪EQ3‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪ALBM/P ESET‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪RESET‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪RM‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫‪RL‬‬
‫‪RK‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺣﺎوی دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎ در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ و‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﻫﺎی اﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫را ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ﻫامن‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ را ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی –‪ALBM/PRESET +/‬‬
‫‪) CD/USB‬در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪:(MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای رد ﮐﺮدن آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ(؛ ﺑﺮای رد ﮐﺮدن آﻟﺒﻮم‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫رادﯾﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﭘﯿﺶ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) ‬ﺧﺎرج ﺳﺎزی(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎرج ﮐﺮدن دﯾﺴﮏ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪RG RH RI‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪RE‬‬
‫‪RB RT‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل‪/‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪا )ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ(؛ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ )ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ )‪ (BROWSE‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ورود ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪.Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ‪(SRC) SOURCE‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه؛ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )رادﯾﻮ‪(AUX/USB/CD/‬‬
‫را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ*‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪16 ،15 ،12‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪ رادﯾﻮ )‪ *(FM/AM‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪/‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ iPod‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ‪ :‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ را وارد‪/‬ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ از ﯾﮏ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫"‪ "CLOCK-ADJ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ (SEEK) + 3‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و دﻗﯿﻘﻪ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺣﺮﮐﺖ دادن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل‪ (SEEK) +/− ،‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻗﯿﻘﻪ‪ ،‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ دادن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‪ (DSPL) ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪(DSPL) .‬‬
‫را دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺎز ﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺎدر اﺳﺖ ‪) CD-DA‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ‪(CD TEXT‬‬
‫و ‪) CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪) MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪ ((21‬را ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ روی دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫‪CD-DA‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪WMA‬‬
‫‪AAC‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺸﯽ ﮐﻪ در ﺣﯿﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ "‪"DEMO‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬درﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب "‪ "DEMO-OFF‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬دﮐﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪/‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﺎدی ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت‬
‫روﮐﺶ ﻋﺎﯾﻖ را ﺑﺮدارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶ از ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای اوﻟﯿﻦ ﺑﺎر‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ‬
‫ﮐﺮدن ﺑﺎﻃﺮی اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﯾﺎ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ﺷام ﺑﺎﯾﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ RESET‬را )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (8‬ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻧﻮک ﺗﯿﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﯾﮏ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﴩدن دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ RESET‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت دﯾﮕﺮ را‬
‫ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫اﺷﺎره‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﺤﻮه ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ ﮐﺮدن ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 22‬را ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
5
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺪرﺟﺎت‬
‫ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪USB‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪6 ..................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪6 ............................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ‪6 ..................................................................‬‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ‪6 ...........................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪7 .......................................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪13 ..................................................... USB‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪13 .................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮار و ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ‪14 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ و ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﻫﺎی اﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ ‪8 .................................................................‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﺎرت ‪10 ....................RM-X151‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک‪11 ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﺎم‬
‫– ‪11 .................................................... Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮش دادن ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺗﺮاک – ‪11 .................................................. ZAPPINTM‬‬
‫رادﯾﻮ‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن و درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ ‪12 .....................................‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر — ‪12 ......................................BTM‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﯽ ‪12 .......................................................‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‪12 .................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ‪12 .........................................................‬‬
‫‪CD‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی منﺎﯾﺶ ‪12 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮار و ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ‪12 ....................................................‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪iPod‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪14 ........................................................................iPod‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪15 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪15 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮاری و ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ‪16 ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ‪ — iPod‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‪16 ............................‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﺻﺪا‪17 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪا‪17 ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﯽ ﺳﺎزی ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ اﮐﻮﻻﯾﺰر — ‪17 ....................... EQ3‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮدن آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ — ‪18 ................................SET‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات اﺧﺘﯿﺎری ‪19 .............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات ﺻﻮﺗﯽ اﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪19 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪19 ....................................................... CD‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﺮدان ‪20 ..................................... RM-X4S‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫اﺧﻄﺎرﻫﺎ‪21 .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت در ﻣﻮرد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‪21 ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪21 .................MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫درﺑﺎره ‪21 .................................................................iPod‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ‪22 ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‪22 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﯿﺐ ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ‪23 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﭘﯿﻐﺎم ﻫﺎی ﺧﻄﺎ ‪25 ............................................‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ اﺣﱰاق اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﺷام دارای ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ‬
‫‪ ACC‬منﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪ (18‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ در زﻣﺎن‬
‫ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﮐﺎﻣﻞ و ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ از‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ منﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﮐﻪ ﺷام اﺣﱰاق را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )‪ (OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ وﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺣﺮارت زﯾﺎد از ﻗﺒﯿﻞ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ‪ ،‬آﺗﺶ ﯾﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﯾﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‪ ،‬دﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‪/‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫را ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ در ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺷﺎﺳﯽ ﻗﺮار دارد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ZAPPIN‬ﯾﮏ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﺎری ﴍﮐﺖ ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ‪Sony‬‬
‫‪ Corporation‬ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آرم ‪ ،Windows Media‬و ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎری ﯾﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﴍﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﯾﮑﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ ‪Microsoft‬‬
‫‪ Corporation‬در اﯾﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه و‪/‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﮐﺸﻮرﻫﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﯾﮏ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﺎری ﴍﮐﺖ ‪ Apple Inc.‬ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ در‬
‫اﯾﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه و ﮐﺸﻮرﻫﺎی دﯾﮕﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ iPhone‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ﴍﮐﺖ ‪ Apple Inc.‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻦ آوری رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬و اﻣﺘﯿﺎزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺠﻮز از ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و ‪.Thomson‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﯽ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﻌﻨﻮی ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت‬
‫ﴍﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﯾﮑﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻗﺮار دارد‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﯾﺎ ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﯾﻦ ﻓﻨﺎوری ﺧﺎرج از اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﺪون ﻣﺠﻮز‬
‫از ﴍﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﯾﮑﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ Microsoft‬ﯾﺎ ﴍﮐﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫ﻣﺎﯾﮑﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن از ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺣﻘﻮق دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل ﺑﺮای رﺳﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫وﯾﻨﺪوز ‪ Windows Media‬ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه در اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫)"‪ ("WM-DRM‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﯾﮑﭙﺎرﭼﮕﯽ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺧﻮد )"ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﯾﻤﻦ"( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﻌﻨﻮی آن‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻧﴩ در ﭼﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﯽ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻌﺎرض ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﯿﺮد‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ‪ WM-DRM‬ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﯾﻤﻦ‬
‫)"ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ‪ ("WM-DRM‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ‪ WM-DRM‬در اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﯿﺮد‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎن ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﯾﻤﻦ )"ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎن ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﯾﻤﻦ"(‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﻣﺎﯾﮑﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ Microsoft‬ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻧﺮم‬
‫اﻓﺰار ‪ WM-DRM‬ﺑﺮای ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﺠﻮزﻫﺎی ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﮐﭙﯽ‬
‫ﮐﺮدن‪ ،‬منﺎﯾﺶ و‪/‬ﯾﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﯾﻤﻦ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﺑﻄﺎل‪ ،‬ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﯾﯽ‬
‫ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ‪ WM-DRM‬را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﯿﺮ ﻗﺮار منﯽ دﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﮐﻪ ﺷام اﻗﺪام ﺑﻪ‬
‫داﻧﻠﻮد ﻣﺠﻮز ﺑﺮای ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﯾﻤﻦ از اﯾﻨﱰﻧﺖ ﯾﺎ از ﯾﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﯿﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ از ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ‪ WM-DRM‬اﺑﻄﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺷام ارﺳﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻣﺎﯾﮑﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﺠﻮزی ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻫﺎی اﺑﻄﺎل را ﻧﯿﺰ از ﻃﺮف‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎن ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﯾﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺷام داﻧﻠﻮد ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﻄﺎرات‪ /‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﻠﻞ‬
‫‪CHECKING‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ إﱃ أن ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪1*ERROR‬‬
‫•اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ أو ﺗﻢ ادﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪2*.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو أدﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ ادﺧﺎل أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫•مل ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬أﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫•اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪ ‬ﻻﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAILURE‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ /‬ﻣﻀﺨامت اﻟﺼﻮت ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬راﺟﻊ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴامت اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻬﺬا اﳌﻮدﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪HUB NO SUPRT‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪LOAD‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻵن‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ إﱃ أن ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫–‪L. SEEK +/‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺤﲇ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) NO DEV‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺟﻬﺎز(‬
‫ﺗﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺼﺪر )‪ (SOURCE‬ﺑﺪون ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ .USB‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬أو ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬وﻛﺒﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪NO DISC‬‬
‫مل ﻳﺘﻢ ادﺧﺎل أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪.CD‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪.CD‬‬
‫‪NO MAG‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺎوﻳﺔ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪.CD‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﺣﺎوﻳﺔ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪.CD‬‬
‫‪NO MUSIC‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ MP3‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض ﰲ ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪.CD‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO NAME‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪ /‬اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‪ /‬اﻟﻔﻨﺎن‪ /‬اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻏري ﻣﻜﺘﻮب ﰲ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪OFFSET‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻠﻞ داﺧﲇ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬إذا ﻇﻞ ﻣﺆﴍ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺎً ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﴩ أﻗﺮب وﻛﻴﻞ ﺳﻮين ‪.Sony‬‬
‫‪OVERLOAD‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺮط ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴري اﳌﺼﺪر ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(SOURCE‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻳﺸري إﱃ أن ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺧﺎرج اﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻏري‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬
‫‪READ‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﻘﺮاءة ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ واﻷﻟﺒﻮم اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ إﱃ أن ﺗﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة وﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪ .‬وﻓﻘﺎً‬
‫ﻟﱰﻛﻴﺒﺔ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق ذﻟﻚ أﻛرث ﻣﻦ دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪RESET‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬أو ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) RESET‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬
‫‪) USB NO SUPRT‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم(‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬اﳌﻮﺻﻮل ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮاﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ زﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫"‬
‫" أو "‬
‫"‬
‫ﺧﻼل اﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ أو اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ وﺻﻠﺖ إﱃ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ أو ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ وﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم أﻛرث ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫" "‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬إذا ﺣﺪث ﺧﻠﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮض أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﻗﻢ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺄﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﰲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﻗﻢ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﺧﻠﻞ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا مل ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﻠﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﰲ اﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﲆ اﳌﻮﻗﻒ‪،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﴩ أﻗﺮب وﻛﻴﻞ ﺳﻮين ‪.Sony‬‬
‫إذا اﺧﺬت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺮض أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ،CD‬ﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﻚ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﻌامﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ‪ /‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﳌﻌﺘﻢ إﱃ "‪) "DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫•ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(OFF‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (OFF‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻃﻔﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﻃﻔﺊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺨﺮج اﻷﺳﻮد إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺨﺮج اﻷﺳﻮد )ﺑﺪون اﺿﺎءة(‪ ،‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻮﺟﺪ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻣﺤﻤﻠﺔ أﺻ ًﻼ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ ادﺧﺎل اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺑﻘﻮة ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ أو ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻏري ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌامل اﻟﺼﻮيت‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(21‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪.MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ وﻧﺴﺨﺔ ‪.MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت واﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ زﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘﺎً أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻏريﻫﺎ إﱃ أن‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘﺎً أﻃﻮل إﱃ أن ﻳﺒﺪأ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫– أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺒﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫– أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ مبﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫– أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ميﻜﻦ اﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ متﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫•ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ رﻣﻮز ﻛﺜرية ﺟﺪاً‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫متﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ "‪ "A.SCRL‬إﱃ "‪."OFF‬‬
‫‪.(.(18‬‬
‫‪) "A.SCRL-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪18‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ""‪"A.SCRL-ON‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(SCRL) (DSPL‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫•اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺰاوﻳﺔ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 45‬درﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺰء ﻗﻮي ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫•اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ أزرار اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺳﻮف ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) RESET‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ )أزرق( أو ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺔ )أﺣﻤﺮ( ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳌﻌﺰز ﻫﻮايئ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻣﺠﻬﺰة ﺑﻬﻮايئ ‪ FM/AM‬ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﺰﺟﺎج اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪ /‬اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬اإذا مل ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ ﻟﻸﻋﲆ‪ ،‬اﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻏري ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﱰدد اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫•اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪاً‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺤﲇ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻛﺜرياً‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ "‪) "LOCAL-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ "‪) "LOCAL-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫•اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪاً‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﻴﺪوﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺚ ‪ ،FM‬ﻳﻮﻣﺾ اﳌﺆﴍ "‪."ST‬‬
‫•ﻗﻢ مبﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﱰدد ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪاً‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ "‪) "MONO-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﺑﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ FM‬اﻟﺴﺘريﻳﻮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳامﻋﻪ ﺑﺼﻮت ﻏري ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺚ ﻏري ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ "‪) "MONO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض ﺑﻨﻮد ﻋﱪ ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﲆ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ USB‬ﻋﱪ ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺒﻨﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ T‬أﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬وﻗﺘﺎً أﻃﻮل إﱃ أن ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺒﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳامع ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،USB‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻌﺮض أوﻻً وذﻟﻚ ﻟﺤامﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺼﻮت مبﻌﺪل ﺑﺖ ﻋﺎﱄ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز ‪ 320‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪RM-X151 :‬‬
‫أﺟﺰاء ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ )ﻃﻘﻢ ‪(1‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز‪ /‬ﻛامﻟﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺪوارة‪RM-X4S :‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪) BUS‬ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ‪ RCA‬دﺑﻮﳼ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1) RC-61‬ﻣﱰ(‪ 2) RC-62 ،‬ﻣﱰ(‬
‫ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪) CD‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ :(10‬اﻟﻄﺮاز ‪،CDX-757MX‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺮاز ‪CDX-656X‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ :AUX-IN‬اﻟﻄﺮاز ‪XA-300‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪ :iPod‬اﻟﻄﺮاز ‪RC-100IP‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ واﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﲆ اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮاﺟﻬﻚ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻌامل اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ واﺟﺮاءات‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫إذا مل ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﲆ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ زﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫أﻋﻼه‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ واﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴري دون اﺷﻌﺎر ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• مل ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻣﻌﻮﻗﺎت اﻟﻠﻬﺐ اﻟﻬﺎﻟﻮﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺳﻼك‬
‫اﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﻮﻗﺎت اﻟﻠﻬﺐ اﻟﻬﺎﻟﻮﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻴﺎﻛﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• وﺳﺎﺋﺪ اﻟﺤﺸﻴﺎت ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ إﱃ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫•اﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ أو اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫•إذا اﻧﻄﻔﺊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﺣﺪة‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ متﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ ﻋﲆ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻣﻨﺎوﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ‪ ATT‬أو وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺻﻮت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪) Telephone ATT‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ اﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪.(ATT‬‬
‫•ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ "‪ "FAD‬ﻏري ﻣﻀﺒﻮط ﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﺳامﻋﺘني‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ اﻟﻐﺎء ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻧﺸﻂ اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ومل ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﻣﻀﺨﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺪاﺧﲇ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪.RESET‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫•ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻣﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬام ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت واﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ اﳌﺨﺰﻧني ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﻌﻄﺐ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪث ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻻﺷﻌﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم ﻣﻮامئﺔ أﻃﺮاف اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬
‫إﱃ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﺮض أو اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫إذا مل ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼل ‪ 5‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫"‪ ،"DEMO-ON‬ﻳﺒﺪأ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ "‪) "DEMO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﰲ اﻟﻈﺮوف اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﳌﺪة ﺳﻨﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‪) .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أﻗﴫ‪ ،‬وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻈﺮوف اﻻﺳﺘﻌامل‪(.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺪى ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫أﻗﴫ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ‪ .CR2025‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل أي ﻧﻮع آﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ اﺣﺘامل ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﳌﻮﺟﺐ ‪ +‬ﻟﻸﻋﲆ‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﺑﻌﻴﺪاً ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺑﺘﻼع‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﴩ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﻮراً‪.‬‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺨﺮﻗﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻀامن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ متﺴﻚ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ مبﻠﻘﻂ ﻣﻌﺪين‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث متﺎس ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ إذا أﺳﻴﺊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺷﺤﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻜﻬﺎ أو رﻣﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻌامل‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮز ﻳﺘﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪل اﻻﻣﺒريﻳﺔ اﳌﻜﺘﻮب‬
‫ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز اﻷﺻﲇ‪ .‬إذا اﺣﱰق اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ واﺳﺘﺒﺪل‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪ .‬إذا اﺣﱰق اﻟﻔﻴﻮز ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻠﻞ داﺧﲇ‪ .‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﴩ أﻗﺮب وﻛﻴﻞ ﺳﻮين‬
‫‪.Sony‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﳌﻮاﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﻣﺪى اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪ :‬ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ 150 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌامل‪ 10 :‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ ﻗﻮة‬
‫اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ 75 :‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪل اﻻﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪ 70 :‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ )ﻏري ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ 40 :‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰدد‪ 15000 – 20 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ‪AM‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪل اﻻﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪ 120 :‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰدد‪ 20000 – 10 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻔﺎوت واﻟﺨﻔﻘﺎن‪ :‬أدىن ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎس‬
‫ﻣﺪى اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‪ 1602 – 531 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪ :‬ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ 25 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮو ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪USB (Full-speed) :‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر‪ 500 :‬ﻣﻴﻠﲇ أﻣﺒري‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮج‪ :‬أﻃﺮاف ﺧﺮج اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ )أﻃﺮاف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﺎزﻟﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ‪ 8 – 4 :‬أوم‬
‫ﺧﺮج اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى‪ 52 :‬واط × ‪) 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 4‬أوم(‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮز )‪ 10‬أﻣﺒري(‬
‫أﻃﺮاف اﻟﺨﺮج‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮاف ﺧﺮج اﻟﺼﻮت )اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ /‬اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺧﺮج ﻣﺠﻬﺎر اﻟﱰددات اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻀﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ )ﻏري ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﳌﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‬
‫ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ مبﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫أﻃﺮاف اﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ادﺧﺎل وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬
‫ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺻﻮت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪Telephone ATT‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎءة‬
‫ﻃﺮف ادﺧﺎل اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ‪BUS‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ادﺧﺎل ﺻﻮت ﺟﻬﺎز ‪BUS‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺪﺧﻞ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ ﺻﻐري(‬
‫ﻃﺮف ادﺧﺎل اﺷﺎرة ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ±10 :‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 60‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪(XPLOD‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ±10 :‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪(XPLOD‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﱄ‪ ±10 :‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 10‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪(XPLOD‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬
‫)ﺗﺄرﻳﺾ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ )أرﴈ((‬
‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪ 185 × 100 × 178 :‬ﻣﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )ﻋﺮض‪ /‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪ /‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪ 163 × 100 × 178 :‬ﻣﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )ﻋﺮض‪ /‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪ /‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫اﻟﻮزن‪ 1.9 :‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫• إذا ﺗﻢ اﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﰲ ﻣﺮآب ﺗﺤﺖ اﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة‪ ،‬دع‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻳﱪد ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻴﺘﻢ متﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺜﻒ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫إذا ﺗﻜﺜﻔﺖ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ واﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﳌﺪة ﺳﺎﻋﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً إﱃ أن ﺗﺘﺒﺨﺮ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﺳﻮف ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀامن اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺻﻮت ﻋﺎﱄ اﻟﺠﻮدة‬
‫اﺣﺮص ﻋﲆ ﻋﺪم اﻧﺴﻜﺎب اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أو اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻷﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة أو ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﺤﺮارة‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﺤﺎر‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﱰﻛﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮآب‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ اﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﻣﺴﺢ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﺑﺨﺮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎً ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ أو ﻣﺮﻗﻖ‬
‫اﻟﻄﻼء أو اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫اﳌﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(CD‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻪ وﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ اﳌﺸﻔﺮة ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت ﺣامﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻨﴩ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ )‪ ،(CD‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫• اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫– اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﻠﺼﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت أوﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎت‪ ،‬أو اﳌﻠﺼﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ورﻗﺔ أو ﴍﻳﻂ ﻻﺻﻖ‪ .‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﱃ ﺧﻠﻞ‪ ،‬أو‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﱃ ﺗﺪﻣري اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎل ﻏري ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺠﻤﺔ(‪ .‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم مبﺤﺎوﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫– أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD‬ﻣﻘﺎس ‪ 8‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫• اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‪) :‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫– اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪) 150 :‬ﺑﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﺬر(‬
‫– اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت )اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت( واﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات‪) 300 :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 300‬إذا اﺣﺘﻮى اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز(‪.‬‬
‫– اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪:‬‬
‫)‪.32 (Joliet)/64 (Romeo‬‬
‫• اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة إذا ﺑﺪأت ﺑﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪ ،CD-DA‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺄﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD-DA‬وﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫• اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫– أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺠﻮدة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ردﻳﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻏري‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫– أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬اﳌﺨﺘﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫– أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻏري ﺗﻠﻚ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ أو ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪ MP3‬اﳌﺴﺘﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳌﻌﺎﻳري ‪ Joliet/Romeo ،ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2‬أو‬
‫اﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﳌﺘﻌﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫)أﻟﺒﻮم(‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ‪MP3/‬‬
‫‪WMA/AAC‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ(‬
‫‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod‬‬
‫• ميﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ إﱃ ﻣﻮدﻳﻼت ‪ iPod‬اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ أﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﻷﺣﺪث ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌامل‪.‬‬
‫– ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod touch‬‬
‫– ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod classic‬‬
‫– ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻣﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ*‬
‫– ﺟﻬﺎز ‪) iPod nano‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‬
‫– ﺟﻬﺎز ‪) iPod nano‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺜﺎين(‬
‫– ﺟﻬﺎز ‪) iPod nano‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻷول(*‬
‫– ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPhone‬وﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPhone 3G‬‬
‫* ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺮاﻛﺐ ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪) iPod nano‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻷول( أو ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻣﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫• اﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ”‪ “Made for iPod‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛامﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻜﱰوﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎً ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ إﱃ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ومتﺖ اﳌﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺔ اﳌﻄﻮرة ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻳري أداء ﴍﻛﺔ ‪.Apple‬‬
‫• اﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ”‪ “Works with iPhone‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛامﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻜﱰوﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎً ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ إﱃ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPhone‬ومتﺖ اﳌﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺔ اﳌﻄﻮرة ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻳري أداء ﴍﻛﺔ ‪.Apple‬‬
‫• ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Apple‬ﻏري ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أو اﻣﺘﺜﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﳌﻌﺎﻳري اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ واﳌﻌﺎﻳري اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أي أﺳﺌﻠﺔ أو ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺠﻬﺎزك وﻏري واردة ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺄﻗﺮب وﻛﻴﻞ ﺳﻮين ‪.Sony‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﲇ‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺪوارة ‪RM-X4S‬‬
‫اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﲇ ﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻀﺒﻮط ﰲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﻛام‬
‫ﻣﺒني أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺪوارة‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎدة‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪SEL‬‬
‫‪SEL‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫اﻷزرار اﳌﺘامﺛﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺪوارة ﺗﺆدي ﻧﻔﺲ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫اﻷزرار ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ATT‬‬
‫‪SEL‬‬
‫‪PRESET/‬‬
‫‪DISC‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪SOURCE‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪SEEK/AMS‬‬
‫‪VOL‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺪوارة ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫• زر ‪) ATT‬اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ اﻟﺼﻮت‪ .‬ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎء‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫• زر اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪PRESET/DISC‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ‪ :CD/USB‬ﻧﻔﺲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺰر ‪(ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬‬
‫ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز )اﺿﻐﻂ وأدر(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪ :‬ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ )اﺿﻐﻂ وأدر(‪.‬‬
‫• زر اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪) VOL‬مبﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز )أدر(‪.‬‬
‫• زر اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪SEEK/AMS‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺰر ‪ (SEEK) –/+‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز )أدر‪ ،‬أو اﺳﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫• زر ‪) DSPL‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴري ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫إذا اردت ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺪوارة ﻋﲆ ميني ﻋﻤﻮد ﻋﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة‪ ،‬ميﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻜﺲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﲇ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء ﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪ ،VOL‬اﺿﻐﻂ واﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر‬
‫)‪.(SEL‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﺟﻬﺎز اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪CD‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻐري‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮت اﺿﺎﰲ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮت ﻣﺤﻤﻮل اﺧﺘﻴﺎري إﱃ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺪﺧﻞ ‪AUX‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ ﺻﻐري( ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺼﺪر‪،‬‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺼﻮت ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺳامﻋﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ .‬ميﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻷي اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑني اﻟﺠﻬﺎز وﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (SOURCE‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫"‪."CD‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (MODE‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﳌﻐري‬
‫اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﺤﻤﻮل‬
‫‪ 1‬اﻃﻔﺊ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ*‬
‫)ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫* ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻮﺻﻮل ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (SOURCE‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎ ﻣﺘﻜﺮرا إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫"‪."AUX‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪."AUX FRONT IN‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﻋﺮض ﺻﻮت ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﺤﻤﻮل مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺪل‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻻﺳﺘامع اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺪﺧﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(17‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت واﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪.(ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪(ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬‬
‫وﺣﺮره )اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼل ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‬
‫اﻷول ﻟﻠﺰر‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺛﻢ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺧﻼل ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫واﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (REP) (3‬أو )‪(SHUF) (4‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﺧﱰ‬
‫‪DISC‬‬
‫‪SHUF CHANGER‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت ﰲ اﳌﻐري ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮايئ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺎدي‪ ،‬اﺧﱰ "‪ " OFF‬أو "‪SHUF‬‬
‫‪."OFF‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ – ‪SET‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ )ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪"ON" ،‬‬
‫أو "‪.("OFF‬‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ /‬اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ‪ ،‬وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪر واﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ(‪:‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(7‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ "ON" :‬أو "‪."OFF‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) 1*AUX-A‬ﺻﻮت اﺿﺎﰲ ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻳﺆدي إﱃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﳌﺼﺪر اﻻﺿﺎﰲ ‪ "ON" :AUX‬أو‬
‫"‪) "OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(19‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪(Auto Off) A.OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﻘﻀﺎء اﳌﺪة اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻃﻔﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ "30M (minutes)" ،"30S (seconds)" ،"NO" :‬أو‬
‫")‪"60M (minutes‬‬
‫‪) B.OUT‬ﺧﺮج أﺳﻮد(‬
‫ﻻﻃﻔﺎء اﻻﺿﺎءة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻷي ﻣﺼﺪر )ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪ ،‬أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮض‬
‫أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ /CD‬اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ( اذا مل ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼل ‪ 5‬ﺛﻮان‪ "ON" :‬و "‪."OFF‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻻﺿﺎءة اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ أي زر ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪) .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏري ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪(.‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬ﻋﺮض إﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﺆدي إﱃ ﺗﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻻﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪ "ON" :‬أو "‪."OFF‬‬
‫‪) DIM‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﻳﻐري ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"AT‬ﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ‪) .‬ﻣﺘﺎح‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎءة‪(.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"ON‬ﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"OFF‬ﻻﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ‪CONTRAST‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰲ ‪ 7‬ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪) ILM‬اﻻﺿﺎءة(‬
‫ﻳﻐري ﻟﻮن اﻻﺿﺎءة‪ "ILM-1" :‬أو "‪."ILM-2‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪) M.DSPL‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﺤﺮك(‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر وﺿﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﺤﺮك‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"LM‬ﻻﻇﻬﺎر اﻷﻧﻤﺎط اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ وﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"ON‬ﻻﻇﻬﺎر اﻷﻧﻤﺎط اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"OFF‬ﻻﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮك‪.‬‬
‫‪) A.SCRL‬متﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎيئ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ إﱃ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﻌﺮوض ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪ "ON" :‬أو "‪."OFF‬‬
‫‪) LOCAL‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺤﲇ(‬
‫– "‪ :"ON‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ذات اﺷﺎرات أﻗﻮى ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫– "‪ :"OFF‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻋﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫‪) 2*MONO‬وﺿﻊ ﻏري ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻏري اﻟﺴﺘريﻳﻮ ﻟﺘﺤﺴني اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺚ ‪FM‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ‪ "ON" :‬أو "‪."OFF‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ‪) Z.TIME‬ﻣﺪة اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻗﺼري(‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت‬
‫‪.ZAPPIN‬‬
‫– ")‪ "Z.TIME-1 (6 seconds‬أو "‪Z.TIME-2‬‬
‫)‪ "(9 seconds‬أو ")‪."Z.TIME-3 (30 seconds‬‬
‫‪) LPF‬ﻣﺮﺷﺢ اﻟﺠﻬري اﻟﺨﻔﻴﺾ(‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر ﺗﺮدد ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺠﻬﺎر اﻟﱰددات اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻀﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‪،"OFF" :‬‬
‫"‪ "140Hz" ،"120Hz" ،"100Hz" ،"80Hz‬أو "‪."160Hz‬‬
‫‪) LPF NORM/REV‬ﻣﺮﺷﺢ اﻟﺠﻬري اﻟﺨﻔﻴﺾ اﻟﻌﺎدي‪ /‬ﻣﻘﻠﻮب(‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر اﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ اﻟﺠﻬري اﻟﺨﻔﻴﺾ ‪:LPF‬‬
‫"‪ "NORM‬أو "‪."REV‬‬
‫‪) HPF‬ﻣﺮﺷﺢ اﻟﺠﻬري اﻟﻌﺎﱄ(‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر ﺗﺮدد ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ /‬اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ "OFF" :‬أو‬
‫"‪ "140Hz" ،"120Hz" ،"100Hz" ،"80Hz‬أو "‪."160Hz‬‬
‫‪) LOUD‬ﺟﻬﺎرة اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰز اﻟﺠﻬري أو اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺼﻮت مبﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻮح‪ "ON" :‬أو "‪."OFF‬‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(12‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻄﻔﺊ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺚ ‪.FM‬‬
‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ أﺧﺮى‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬
‫اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪. (BACK‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ /‬اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ(‪:‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ‪) DSO‬ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴيك(‬
‫ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ ‪ "3" ،"2" ،"1" :DSO‬أو "‪."OFF‬‬
‫ﻛﻠام ﻛﺎن اﻟﺮﻗﻢ أﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺘﺄﺛري ﻣﻌﺰز أﻛرث‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ 1*LOW‬أو ‪ 1*MID‬أو ‪) 1*HI‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(17‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) BAL‬ﺗﻮازن(‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮازن اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑني اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت اﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ واﻟﻴﴪى‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) FAD‬ﻣﻀﺎﺋﻞ(‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﺑني اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ واﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) SUB‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﺠﻬﺎر اﻟﱰددات اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻀﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﺠﻬﺎر اﻟﱰددات اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻀﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻻﺿﺎﰲ ‪2*(AUX‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﺿﺎﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻮل‪"+18 dB" :‬‬
‫– "‪".−8 dB" – "0 dB‬‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑني اﳌﺼﺎدر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﳌﻌﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎين ﻟﻸﺻﻮات ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫– ‪EQ3‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ "‪ "CUSTOM‬اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ‪ EQ3‬ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎﺗﻚ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎين ﻟﻸﺻﻮات‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺧﱰ ﻣﺼﺪر‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ )‪ (EQ3‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫"‪."CUSTOM‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪،"LOW‬‬
‫"‪ "MID‬أو "‪."HI‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﻦ ‪ –10‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ إﱃ ‪+10‬‬
‫دﻳﺴﺒﻞ ﺑﺨﻄﻮات ﻣﻘﺪارﻫﺎ ‪ 1‬دﻳﺴﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮر اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ‪ 2‬و ‪ 3‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﳌﻌﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎين ﻟﻸﺻﻮات‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎدة ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﳌﻌﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎين ﻟﻸﺻﻮات اﳌﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﰲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ اﻛﺘامل‬
‫اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪. (BACK‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ /‬اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻷﺧﺮى ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎين ﻟﻸﺻﻮات ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ أﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ ‪.EQ3‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر اﺿﺎﰲ ‪.AUX‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (REP) (3‬أو )‪(SHUF) (4‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﺧﱰ‬
‫‪TRACK‬‬
‫‪ALBUM‬‬
‫‪PODCAST‬‬
‫‪ARTIST‬‬
‫‪PLAYLIST‬‬
‫‪GENRE‬‬
‫‪SHUF ALBUM‬‬
‫‪SHUF PODCAST‬‬
‫‪SHUF ARTIST‬‬
‫‪SHUF PLAYLIST‬‬
‫‪SHUF GENRE‬‬
‫‪SHUF DEVICE‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻮدﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻨﺎن ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻮع ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻮدﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻨﺎن ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻮع ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 3‬ﺛﻮان‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺎدي‪ ،‬اﺧﱰ "‪ " OFF‬أو‬
‫"‪."SHUF OFF‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻣﺒﺎﴍة‬
‫– اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺮاﻛﺐ ‪Passenger‬‬
‫‪control‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬اﳌﻮﺻﻮل مبﻮﺻﻞ اﳌﺴﺠﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(MODE‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪ "MODE IPD‬وﺳﺘﻜﻮن ﻗﺎدراً ﻋﲆ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﻣﺒﺎﴍة‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴري ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(DSPL‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻌﺮض ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ‪ T‬اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﺎن ‪ T‬اﺳﻢ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ‪T‬‬
‫‪ T MODE IPD‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺮاﻛﺐ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(MODE‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ "‪ "MODE AUD‬وﻳﺘﻐري وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض إﱃ‬
‫"‪."RESUMING‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫• ميﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﺗﻢ اﻟﻐﺎء ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (MODE‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐري اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻵيت‪:‬‬
‫‪T TRACK T ALBUM T RESUMING‬‬
‫*‪PLAYLIST T GENRE T PODCAST‬‬
‫‪ARTIST T‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫* ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.iPod‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (OFF‬ﻻﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﺮاج ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أوﻗﻒ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.iPod‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.iPod‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPhone‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPhone‬ﻋﱪ ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ ،USB‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ مبﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫ﺻﻮت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPhone‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي اﺻﺪار ﺻﻮت ﻋﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺑﻌﺪ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺧﻼل اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻋﱪ ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎت‬
‫• ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮاز ‪) RC-100IP‬ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ( ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﳌﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺮك إﱃ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت ‪ ،ACC‬وﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.iPod‬‬
‫• إذا ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪ "NO DEV‬ﰲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻً إﱃ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﳌﺴﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻐري وﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف وﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض ﰲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.iPod‬‬
‫ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻷزرار اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– )‪(REP) (3‬‬
‫– )‪(SHUF) (4‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺆﴍ ﻣﺼﺪر )ﺟﻬﺎز ‪(iPod‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﻢ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﺎن‪ ،‬اﺳﻢ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‪ ،‬رﻗﻢ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪/‬‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴري ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻌﺮض ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(DSPL‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‪ /‬ﺑﻮدﻛﺎﺳﺖ‪ /‬اﻟﻨﻮع‪ /‬اﻟﻔﻨﺎن‪ /‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﻈﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺤﺮوف اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(MODE‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐري اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻵيت‪:‬‬
‫‪T PODCAST* T TRACK T ALBUM‬‬
‫‪ARTIST T PLAYLIST T GENRE‬‬
‫* ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.iPod‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت واﻟﺒﻮدﻛﺎﺳﺖ واﻷﻧﻮاع وﻗﻮاﺋﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض واﻟﻔﻨﺎﻧني‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪(ALBM/PRESET) –/+.‬‬
‫]ﺿﻐﻄﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻟﻜﻞ زر[‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫‪(ALBM/PRESET) –/+.‬‬
‫]اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ[‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (REP) (3‬أو )‪(SHUF) (4‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﱰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪. .‬‬
‫‪TRACK‬‬
‫‪ALBUM‬‬
‫‪SHUF ALBUM‬‬
‫‪SHUF DEVICE‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 3‬ﺛﻮان‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺎدي‪ ،‬اﺧﱰ "‪ " OFF‬أو "‪SHUF‬‬
‫‪."OFF‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮامئﺔ ﺟﻬﺎزك ‪ ،iPod‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ »ﺑﺨﺼﻮص‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ «iPod‬ﰲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 21‬أو ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴامت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﻌامل اﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ "‪ "iPod‬ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ iPod‬ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،iPhone‬ﻣﺎ مل ُﻳﺤﺪد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ أو اﻷﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،iPod‬اﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ارﻓﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫‪ iPod‬إﱃ ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﱪ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﳌﺴﺠﻞ إﱃ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪ ،‬وﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻛام ﻣﺒني أدﻧﺎه‪*.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﻋﺮض اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ آﺧﺮ ﻣﺮة‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮل أﺻ ًﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺮض اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر‬
‫)‪ (SOURCE‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪) ."USB‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫"‪ "IPD‬ﰲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪(.iPod‬‬
‫* إذا ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺮاﻛﺐ آﺧﺮ ﻣﺮة‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬا اﳌﺆﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫أﺟﻬﺰة ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮامئﺔ ﺟﻬﺎزك ‪ ،USB‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ زﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫• ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻌامل أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪Mass Storage) MSC‬‬
‫‪ (Class‬و ‪ (Media Transfer Protocol) MTP‬اﳌﺘﻮامئﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ‪.USB‬‬
‫• ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري اﳌﺘﻮامئﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ (.mp3) MP3‬و ‪WMA‬‬
‫)‪ (.wma‬و ‪.(.m4a) AAC‬‬
‫• ﻳﻮﴅ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أوﻗﻒ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫إذا ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ USB‬اﻟﻜﺒرية أو اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز أو اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﻓﻘﺪان اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﲆ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ USB‬ﻋﱪ ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺮك‪.‬‬
‫وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪ ،USB‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻠﻞ أو ﴐر اذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﳌﺤﺮك‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ارﻓﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫‪ USB‬إﱃ ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﺎن‪ ،‬رﻗﻢ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‪ ،‬اﺳﻢ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم*‪ ،‬رﻗﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪ /‬ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫* ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﻗﻢ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻐري اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴري ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻌﺮض ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(DSPL‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫• ﺳﺘﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬وﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ واﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ زﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض ﻛﺎﻵيت‪.‬‬
‫– اﳌﺠﻠﺪات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪128 :‬‬
‫– اﳌﻠﻔﺎت )اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت( ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪500 :‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮل أﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر‬
‫)‪ (SOURCE‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪."USB‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (OFF‬ﻻﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﱰك ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮآب‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﱃ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ميﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ إﱃ أن ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬وﻓﻘﺎً ﳌﻘﺪار اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪) DRM‬ادارة اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﻼل ﻋﺮض أو ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﴎﻳﻊ‪ /‬ﺗﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺑﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) VBR‬ﻣﻌﺪل اﻟﺒﺖ اﳌﺘﻐري(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ دﻗﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﺮض اﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬
‫– ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﻼ ﻓﻘﺪان ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫– ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل وﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ ،CD‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.19‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ذاﻛﺮة أﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫)‪ (BTM‬ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي وﻗﻮع ﺣﺎدث‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً – وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪BTM‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (SOURCE‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫"‪."TUNER‬‬
‫ﻻﻟﻐﺎء اﳌﻮﺟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ )‪ (MODE‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً‪.‬‬
‫ﻛام ميﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻮﺟﺔ ‪ AM1 ،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬أو‬
‫‪.AM2‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (BTM‬إﱃ أن ﻳﻮﻣﺾ "‪."BTM‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت ﰲ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ اﺻﺪار ﺻﻮت ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ BTM‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬اﺧﱰ ”‪“BTM‬‬
‫واﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪) (SEEK) +‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎً‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ زر‬
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ))‪ (1‬إﱃ )‪ ((6‬إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪."MEM‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫إذا ﺣﺎوﻟﺖ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻋﲆ ﻧﻔﺲ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺧﱰ اﳌﻮﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ))‪ (1‬إﱃ )‪.((6‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺧﱰ اﳌﻮﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪ (SEEK) –/+‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫اﳌﺤﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻻﺳﺘﻄﻼع ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺮر ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاء إﱃ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺮف ﺗﺮدد اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر‬
‫‪ (SEEK) –/+‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﱃ اﻟﱰدد اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر‬
‫‪ (SEEK) –/+‬ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ إﱃ اﻟﱰدد اﳌﺮﻏﻮب ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺼﺪر‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﻢ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ*‪ ،1‬اﺳﻢ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪ /‬اﻟﻔﻨﺎن*‪ ،1‬اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﺎن*‪،1‬‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم*‪ ،2‬اﺳﻢ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم*‪ ،1‬رﻗﻢ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﳌﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD TEXT‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﻗﻢ اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻐري اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴري ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪.(DSPL‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻨﻮع اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ وﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ واﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (REP) (3‬أو )‪(SHUF) (4‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﱰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫‪TRACK‬‬
‫‪* ALBUM‬‬
‫‪*SHUF ALBUM‬‬
‫‪SHUF DISC‬‬
‫اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮايئ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮايئ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪.MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺎدي‪ ،‬اﺧﱰ "‪ " OFF‬أو "‪."SHUF OFF‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت – اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ZAPPINTM‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫– اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻗﺼرية ﻣﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﰲ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ أو اﳌﺘﻜﺮر اﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫)‪(BROWSE‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪SRC SOURCE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ALBM/PRESET‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪DIAL SELEC‬‬
‫‪SH‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪PU‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪DIAL SELEC‬‬
‫‪SH‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪PU‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪REP‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪SHUF‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪BTM‬‬
‫‪DM+‬‬
‫‪EQ3‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪REP‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪SRC SOURCE‬‬
‫‪ALBM/PRESET‬‬
‫‪ALBM/P ESET‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪SHUF‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪BTM‬‬
‫‪DM+‬‬
‫‪EQ3‬‬
‫‪ALBM/P ESET‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪RESET‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪RESET‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻛﺮر اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪ 2‬إﱃ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﱃ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪. (BACK‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪. (BROWSE‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﰲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ ،Quick-BrowZer‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪. (BROWSE‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﰲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ ،Quick-BrowZer‬وﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎمئﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺌﺎت اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (ZAP‬ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪ "ZAPPIN‬ﰲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﳌﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ اﳌﺪة اﳌﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺼﺪر ﻃﻘﺔ وﻳﺒﺪأ‬
‫اﳌﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﰲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪.ZAPPIN‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض أو اﻟﺰر )‪ (ZAP‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬
‫اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮد اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺧﱰﺗﻬﺎ إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺮر اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ‪ 1‬و ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎت‬
‫• ميﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ ﺑني ‪ 6‬ﺛﻮان‪ 9 /‬ﺛﻮان‪ 30 /‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(18‬ﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ‪ (SEEK) –/+‬أو ‪ (ALBM/PRESET) –/+‬ﰲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ أو اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (BACK‬ﻳﺆدي أﻳﻀﺎً إﱃ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪RM-X151‬‬
‫‪XE‬‬
‫‪XG‬‬
‫‬
‫‪ATT‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪SEL‬‬
‫‪SOURCE‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪XH‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪XI‬‬
‫‪XK‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪VOL‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪XB‬‬
‫‪XT‬‬
‫اﻷزرار اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ أﻳﻀﺎً أزرار‪/‬وﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج اﻟﻐﺸﺎء اﻟﻌﺎزل‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌامل )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷزرار )‪ ()/ (‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪/CD‬اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪ ،USB/‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺰر‬
‫‪ (SEEK) –/+‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺰر‬
‫‪. ‬‬
‫‪ ‬زر ‪) DSPL‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪15 ،13 ،12‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴري ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬زر –‪) VOL +/‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬زر ‪) ATT‬اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ اﻟﺼﻮت‪ .‬ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎء‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬زر ‪) SEL‬اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر(‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷزرار)–(‪(+)/‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ‪ ،CD/USB‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺰر‬
‫–‪ (ALBM/PRESET) +/‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺰر‬
‫‪. ‬‬
‫‪ ‬زر )اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ( ‪SCRL‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ )اﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت‬
‫)اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ اﻃﻔﺎء اﻟﺠﻬﺎز واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ مل ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ (SOURCE‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬أو ادﺧﺎل‬
‫أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أوﻻً‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫زر ‪) DSPL‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪) SCRL/‬اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ( ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪15 ،13 ،12‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴري ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )اﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫واﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ )اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺬي ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﲆ(‪،‬‬
‫واﺑﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺰر ‪OFF‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ ﻻﻳﻘﺎف اﳌﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫اﻷزرار ‪SEEK –/+‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ‪:CD/USB‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت )اﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ )اﺿﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺧﻼل ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة‬
‫واﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ(؛ ﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪/‬ﺗﻘﺪميﻬﺎ ﴎﻳﻌﺎً )اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫واﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً )اﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﻻﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎً‬
‫)اﺿﻐﻂ واﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺪﺧﻞ ‪ AUX‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪19‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮت ﻣﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﺷﺎرة ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫زر اﻟﺮﺟﻮع )‪ (BACK‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﱃ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫زر إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ RESET‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪6‬‬
‫اﻟﺰر ‪ ZAP‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮل ﰲ وﺿﻊ ‪.ZAPPINTM‬‬
‫زر ‪) EQ3‬اﳌﻌﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎين ﻟﻸﺻﻮات( ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪17‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮع اﳌﻌﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎين ﻟﻸﺻﻮات )‪،XPLOD‬‬
‫‪،GRAVITY ،SPACE ،CRUISE ،EDGE ،VOCAL‬‬
‫‪ CUSTOM‬أو ‪.(OFF‬‬
‫اﻟﺰر ‪ BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) BTM‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم‬
‫وﺿﻊ ‪:CD/USB‬‬
‫)‪ :(3‬اﻟﺰر ‪ REP‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪16 ،14 ،12‬‬
‫)‪ :(4‬اﻟﺰر ‪ SHUF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪16 ،14 ،12‬‬
‫)‪ :(5‬اﻟﺰر ‪DM+‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺴﻦ اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻀﻐﻮط رﻗﻤﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﺼﻮت ‪.MP3‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ،DM+‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ "‪ ."ON‬ﻟﻼﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ "‪."OFF‬‬
‫)‪ :(6‬اﻟﺰر ‪PAUSE‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎً‪ .‬ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎء‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪) ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت‬
‫)اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫* ﰲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻً؛ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر‬
‫)‪ ،(SOURCE‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض "‪ "CD‬ورﻗﻢ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﰲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻼوة ﻋﲆ‬
‫ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اذا ﺗﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر )‪ ،(MODE‬ميﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ إﱃ اﳌﻐري‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ وﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪SRC SOURCE‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ALBM/PRESET‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪DIAL SELEC‬‬
‫‪SH‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪PU‬‬
‫‪DSPL‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪REP‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪SHUF‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪BTM‬‬
‫‪DM+‬‬
‫‪EQ3‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪ALBM/P ESET‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪RESET‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪RM‬‬
‫‪ZAP‬‬
‫‪RL‬‬
‫‪RK‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﺗﻌﻠﻴامت ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮاﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫وﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷزرار اﳌﺘامﺛﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺆدي ﻧﻔﺲ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫اﻷزرار ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷزرار –‪ALBM/PRESET +/‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ‪) CD/USB‬أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮض أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪MP3/WMA/‬‬
‫‪:(AAC‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت )اﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ )اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬زر ‪) ‬اﻻﺧﺮاج(‬
‫ﻻﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪RG RH RI‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪RE‬‬
‫‪RB RT‬‬
‫ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪/‬زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت )أدر(؛ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ )اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫وأدر(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺰر )‪ (BROWSE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮل ﰲ وﺿﻊ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫اﻟﺰر )‪SOURCE (SRC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴري اﳌﺼﺪر )رادﻳﻮ‪.*(AUX/USB/CD/‬‬
‫زر اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪16 ،15 ،12‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‪ :‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻮﺟﺔ رادﻳﻮ )‪/*(FM/AM‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫وﺿﻊ ﻋﺮض ‪.iPod‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‪ :‬ادﺧﺎل‪/‬اﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺮاﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺆﴍ اﻟﻘﺮاءة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫"‪."CLOCK-ADJ‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.(SEEK) +‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﴍ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬أدر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﳌﺆﴍ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.(SEEK) +/−‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ )‪ .(DSPL‬اﺿﻐﻂ )‪ (DSPL‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﱃ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻗﺎدر ﻋﲆ ﻋﺮض أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪) CD-DA‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ (CD-TEXT‬وأﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪) CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫‪) (MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.((21‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﲆ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪CD-DA‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪WMA‬‬
‫‪AAC‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻻﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‬
‫ميﻜﻦ اﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﻻﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻃﻔﺎء اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺿﻐﻄﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﺮراً إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ "‪."DEMO‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر "‪."DEMO-OFF‬‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪/‬اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺮاج اﻟﻐﺸﺎء اﻟﻌﺎزل‪.‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻷول ﻣﺮة‪ ،‬أو ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة أو‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪) RESET‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (8‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ أداة‬
‫ﻣﺪﺑﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻠﻢ ﺣﱪ ﺟﺎف ﻣﺜ ًﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ RESET‬ﺳﻴﺆدي إﱃ اﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ وﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.22‬‬
5
‫ﺟﺪول اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫أﺟﻬﺰة ‪USB‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪6 ............................‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪6 ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻻﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪6 ..................................................‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪6 ................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪7 ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز ‪13 ................................................................USB‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻌﺮض ‪13 ..................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‪14 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ وﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪8 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪10 ................................RM-X151‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ‪11 ...........................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫– اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪11 ..........................................Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت – اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪11 ...........................ZAPPINTM‬‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل وﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪12 ...................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً – وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪12 .....................................BTM‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎً‪12 ...............................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ‪12 ..............................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪12 ...............................................................‬‬
‫أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪12 .................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‪12 ...............................................‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز ‪14 ................................................................iPod‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪15 .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪15 ..............................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‪16 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻣﺒﺎﴍة‬
‫– اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺮاﻛﺐ ‪16 ...................Passenger control‬‬
‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ أﺧﺮى‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت‪17 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺼﻮت ‪17 ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﳌﻌﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎين ﻟﻸﺻﻮات ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫– ‪17 ........................................................................ EQ3‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ – ‪18 ................................................... SET‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﺟﻬﺎز اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ‪19 ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮت اﺿﺎﰲ ‪19 .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻐري أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪19 ........................................................CD‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺪوارة ‪20 .................................. RM-X4S‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪21 ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪21 ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪21 ..................... MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻬﺎز ‪21 .....................................................iPod‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪22 ...............................................................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‪22 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ واﺻﻼﺣﻪ ‪23 .........................................................‬‬
‫اﺧﻄﺎرات‪ /‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﻠﻞ ‪25 ......................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ اذا ﻛﺎن ﻧﻈﺎم اﺷﻌﺎل اﳌﺤﺮك اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺴﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻏري‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ مبﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت ‪ACC‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻄﻔﺊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﰲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﳌﺤﺪد ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻧﻄﻔﺎء اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي اﺳﺘﻬﻼك ﺷﺤﻨﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا مل ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ‪ ،‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫اﻟﺰر )‪ (OFF‬إﱃ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻠام ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻃﻔﺎء‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﺷﻌﺎل اﳌﺤﺮك‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﻟﺤﺮارة ﺷﺪﻳﺪة ﻛﺄﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة أو اﻟﻨﺎر‬
‫أو ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت اﳌﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺠﻬﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ﺳﻮين ‪Sony‬‬
‫‪.Corporation‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ و ‪ Windows Media‬واﻟﺸﻌﺎر‬
‫‪ Windows‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫أو ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﰲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة و‪ /‬أو ﺑﻠﺪان‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ iPod‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ ،Apple Inc.‬ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة وﺑﻠﺪان أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ iPhone‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪.Apple Inc.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاءات اﻻﺧﱰاع وﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻔري ﺻﻮت ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬ﻣﺮﺧﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪.Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﺤﻘﻮق ﻣﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮق اﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ .Microsoft Corporation‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮز اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل‬
‫وﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺧﺎرج ﺣﺪود ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺎ مل ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬أو ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪.Microsoft‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰي اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮن ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ادارة اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Windows Media‬اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫)"‪ ("WM-DRM‬ﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﳌﺤﺘﻮى )ﻣﺤﺘﻮى ﻣﺆﻣﻦ(‬
‫)"‪ ("Secure Content‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﴎﻗﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪة ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻨﴩ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬا اﳌﺤﺘﻮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ WM-DRM‬ﻟﻌﺮض ﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺤﺘﻮى ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )"‪.Secure Content ("WM-DRM Software‬‬
‫إذا اﻧﻜﺸﻔﺖ ﴎﻳﺔ اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ WM-DRM‬اﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻘﺪم ﻣﺎﻟيك اﳌﺤﺘﻮى اﳌﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫)"‪ ("Secure Content Owners‬ﺑﻄﻠﺐ إﱃ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪Microsoft‬‬
‫ﻻﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ WM-DRM‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﺮاﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﻨﺴﺦ و‪/‬أو ﻛﺸﻒ و‪/‬أو ﻋﺮض اﳌﺤﺘﻮى اﳌﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ .Secure Content‬اﻋﺎدة اﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﱰﺧﻴﺺ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ ﻗﺪرة‬
‫اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ WM-DRM‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻏري اﳌﺤﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ارﺳﺎل‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ ﺑﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ WM-DRM‬اﳌﻠﻐﻲ إﱃ ﺟﻬﺎزك ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ اﳌﺤﺘﻮى اﳌﺆﻣﻦ ‪ Secure Content‬ﻣﻦ اﻻﻧﱰﻧﺖ‬
‫أو ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻮم ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ ،Microsoft‬ﰲ اﻃﺎر ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻜﺬا‬
‫ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻻﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎزك ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﻟيك‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﳌﺤﺘﻮى اﳌﺆﻣﻦ ‪.Secure Content‬‬
FM/AM 2DIN
Compact Disc Player
AR
PR
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴامت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ‬
.6 ‫ راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬،(DEMO) ‫ﻻﻟﻐﺎء ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‬
.‫ را ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‬6 ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬،(Demo) ‫ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ منﻮﻧﻪ منﺎﯾﺸﯽ‬
WX-GT78UIM WX-GT78UI
WX-GT77UI
http://www.sony.net/
Sony Corporation Printed in Malaysia